Annotation of gcc/expr.c, revision 1.1.1.21

1.1       root        1: /* Convert tree expression to rtl instructions, for GNU compiler.
1.1.1.2   root        2:    Copyright (C) 1988 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
1.1       root        3: 
                      4: This file is part of GNU CC.
                      5: 
1.1.1.15  root        6: GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
                      7: it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
                      8: the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
                      9: any later version.
                     10: 
1.1       root       11: GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
1.1.1.15  root       12: but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
                     13: MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
                     14: GNU General Public License for more details.
                     15: 
                     16: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
                     17: along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
                     18: the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
1.1       root       19: 
                     20: 
                     21: #include "config.h"
                     22: #include "rtl.h"
                     23: #include "tree.h"
1.1.1.2   root       24: #include "flags.h"
1.1       root       25: #include "insn-flags.h"
                     26: #include "insn-codes.h"
                     27: #include "expr.h"
1.1.1.2   root       28: #include "insn-config.h"
                     29: #include "recog.h"
1.1.1.17  root       30: #include "gvarargs.h"
                     31: #include "typeclass.h"
1.1.1.19  root       32: #include "recog.h"
1.1.1.2   root       33: 
                     34: /* Decide whether a function's arguments should be processed
                     35:    from first to last or from last to first.  */
                     36: 
                     37: #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
                     38: #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING
                     39: #define PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED     /* If it's last to first */
                     40: #endif
                     41: #endif
                     42: 
                     43: /* Like STACK_BOUNDARY but in units of bytes, not bits.  */
                     44: #define STACK_BYTES (STACK_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT)
1.1       root       45: 
                     46: /* If this is nonzero, we do not bother generating VOLATILE
                     47:    around volatile memory references, and we are willing to
                     48:    output indirect addresses.  If cse is to follow, we reject
                     49:    indirect addresses so a useful potential cse is generated;
                     50:    if it is used only once, instruction combination will produce
                     51:    the same indirect address eventually.  */
                     52: int cse_not_expected;
                     53: 
                     54: /* Nonzero to generate code for all the subroutines within an
                     55:    expression before generating the upper levels of the expression.
                     56:    Nowadays this is never zero.  */
                     57: int do_preexpand_calls = 1;
                     58: 
                     59: /* Number of units that we should eventually pop off the stack.
                     60:    These are the arguments to function calls that have already returned.  */
                     61: int pending_stack_adjust;
                     62: 
1.1.1.17  root       63: /* Nonzero means stack pops must not be deferred, and deferred stack
                     64:    pops must not be output.  It is nonzero inside a function call,
                     65:    inside a conditional expression, inside a statement expression,
                     66:    and in other cases as well.  */
                     67: int inhibit_defer_pop;
1.1.1.6   root       68: 
1.1.1.13  root       69: /* A list of all cleanups which belong to the arguments of
1.1.1.8   root       70:    function calls being expanded by expand_call.  */
                     71: static tree cleanups_of_this_call;
                     72: 
1.1.1.19  root       73: /* Nonzero means __builtin_saveregs has already been done in this function.
                     74:    The value is the pseudoreg containing the value __builtin_saveregs
                     75:    returned.  */
                     76: static rtx saveregs_value;
                     77: 
1.1.1.17  root       78: /* Nonzero means current function may call alloca
                     79:    as a subroutine.  (__builtin_alloca does not count.)  */
1.1.1.2   root       80: int may_call_alloca;
                     81: 
                     82: rtx store_expr ();
                     83: static void store_constructor ();
                     84: static rtx store_field ();
1.1       root       85: static rtx expand_call ();
1.1.1.2   root       86: static void emit_call_1 ();
                     87: static rtx prepare_call_address ();
                     88: static rtx expand_builtin ();
1.1       root       89: static rtx compare ();
1.1.1.2   root       90: static rtx compare_constants ();
1.1       root       91: static rtx compare1 ();
                     92: static rtx do_store_flag ();
                     93: static void preexpand_calls ();
1.1.1.2   root       94: static rtx expand_increment ();
                     95: static void init_queue ();
                     96: 
                     97: void do_pending_stack_adjust ();
1.1       root       98: 
                     99: /* MOVE_RATIO is the number of move instructions that is better than
                    100:    a block move.  */
                    101: 
1.1.1.10  root      102: #ifndef MOVE_RATIO
                    103: #if defined (HAVE_movstrqi) || defined (HAVE_movstrhi) || defined (HAVE_movstrsi)
1.1       root      104: #define MOVE_RATIO 2
                    105: #else
1.1.1.10  root      106: /* A value of around 6 would minimize code size; infinity would minimize
                    107:    execution time.  */
                    108: #define MOVE_RATIO 15
                    109: #endif
1.1       root      110: #endif
                    111: 
                    112: /* Table indexed by tree code giving 1 if the code is for a
                    113:    comparison operation, or anything that is most easily
                    114:    computed with a conditional branch.
                    115: 
                    116:    We include tree.def to give it the proper length.
                    117:    The contents thus created are irrelevant.
                    118:    The real contents are initialized in init_comparisons.  */
                    119: 
1.1.1.2   root      120: #define DEFTREECODE(SYM, NAME, TYPE, LENGTH) 0,
1.1       root      121: 
                    122: static char comparison_code[] = {
                    123: #include "tree.def"
                    124: };
                    125: #undef DEFTREECODE
                    126: 
1.1.1.2   root      127: /* This is run once per compilation.  */
                    128: 
                    129: void
1.1       root      130: init_comparisons ()
                    131: {
                    132:   comparison_code[(int) EQ_EXPR] = 1;
                    133:   comparison_code[(int) NE_EXPR] = 1;
                    134:   comparison_code[(int) LT_EXPR] = 1;
                    135:   comparison_code[(int) GT_EXPR] = 1;
                    136:   comparison_code[(int) LE_EXPR] = 1;
                    137:   comparison_code[(int) GE_EXPR] = 1;
                    138: }
1.1.1.2   root      139: 
                    140: /* This is run at the start of compiling a function.  */
                    141: 
                    142: void
                    143: init_expr ()
                    144: {
                    145:   init_queue ();
                    146:   may_call_alloca = 0;
1.1.1.19  root      147:   saveregs_value = 0;
1.1.1.2   root      148: }
1.1       root      149: 
                    150: /* Manage the queue of increment instructions to be output
                    151:    for POSTINCREMENT_EXPR expressions, etc.  */
                    152: 
                    153: static rtx pending_chain;
                    154: 
                    155: /* Queue up to increment (or change) VAR later.  BODY says how:
                    156:    BODY should be the same thing you would pass to emit_insn
                    157:    to increment right away.  It will go to emit_insn later on.
                    158: 
                    159:    The value is a QUEUED expression to be used in place of VAR
1.1.1.2   root      160:    where you want to guarantee the pre-incrementation value of VAR.  */
1.1       root      161: 
                    162: static rtx
                    163: enqueue_insn (var, body)
                    164:      rtx var, body;
                    165: {
                    166:   pending_chain = gen_rtx (QUEUED, GET_MODE (var),
                    167:                           var, 0, 0, body, pending_chain);
                    168:   return pending_chain;
                    169: }
                    170: 
                    171: /* Use protect_from_queue to convert a QUEUED expression
                    172:    into something that you can put immediately into an instruction.
                    173:    If the queued incrementation has not happened yet,
                    174:    protect_from_queue returns the variable itself.
                    175:    If the incrementation has happened, protect_from_queue returns a temp
                    176:    that contains a copy of the old value of the variable.
                    177: 
                    178:    Any time an rtx which might possibly be a QUEUED is to be put
                    179:    into an instruction, it must be passed through protect_from_queue first.
                    180:    QUEUED expressions are not meaningful in instructions.
                    181: 
                    182:    Do not pass a value through protect_from_queue and then hold
                    183:    on to it for a while before putting it in an instruction!
                    184:    If the queue is flushed in between, incorrect code will result.  */
                    185: 
                    186: rtx
                    187: protect_from_queue (x, modify)
                    188:      register rtx x;
                    189:      int modify;
                    190: {
                    191:   register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x);
                    192:   if (code != QUEUED)
                    193:     {
                    194:       /* A special hack for read access to (MEM (QUEUED ...))
                    195:         to facilitate use of autoincrement.
                    196:         Make a copy of the contents of the memory location
                    197:         rather than a copy of the address.  */
                    198:       if (code == MEM && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == QUEUED && !modify)
                    199:        {
                    200:          register rtx y = XEXP (x, 0);
                    201:          XEXP (x, 0) = QUEUED_VAR (y);
                    202:          if (QUEUED_INSN (y))
                    203:            {
                    204:              register rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (x));
                    205:              emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (temp, x),
                    206:                                QUEUED_INSN (y));
                    207:              return temp;
                    208:            }
                    209:          return x;
                    210:        }
                    211:       /* Otherwise, recursively protect the subexpressions of all
                    212:         the kinds of rtx's that can contain a QUEUED.  */
                    213:       if (code == MEM)
                    214:        XEXP (x, 0) = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
                    215:       else if (code == PLUS || code == MULT)
                    216:        {
                    217:          XEXP (x, 0) = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
                    218:          XEXP (x, 1) = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 1), 0);
                    219:        }
                    220:       return x;
                    221:     }
                    222:   /* If the increment has not happened, use the variable itself.  */
                    223:   if (QUEUED_INSN (x) == 0)
                    224:     return QUEUED_VAR (x);
                    225:   /* If the increment has happened and a pre-increment copy exists,
                    226:      use that copy.  */
                    227:   if (QUEUED_COPY (x) != 0)
                    228:     return QUEUED_COPY (x);
                    229:   /* The increment has happened but we haven't set up a pre-increment copy.
                    230:      Set one up now, and use it.  */
                    231:   QUEUED_COPY (x) = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (QUEUED_VAR (x)));
                    232:   emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (QUEUED_COPY (x), QUEUED_VAR (x)),
                    233:                    QUEUED_INSN (x));
                    234:   return QUEUED_COPY (x);
                    235: }
                    236: 
1.1.1.2   root      237: /* Return nonzero if X contains a QUEUED expression:
1.1.1.15  root      238:    if it contains anything that will be altered by a queued increment.
                    239:    We handle only combinations of MEM, PLUS, MINUS and MULT operators
                    240:    since memory addresses generally contain only those.  */
1.1.1.2   root      241: 
                    242: static int
                    243: queued_subexp_p (x)
                    244:      rtx x;
                    245: {
                    246:   register enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
                    247:   switch (code)
                    248:     {
                    249:     case QUEUED:
                    250:       return 1;
                    251:     case MEM:
                    252:       return queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 0));
                    253:     case MULT:
                    254:     case PLUS:
                    255:     case MINUS:
                    256:       return queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 0))
                    257:        || queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 1));
                    258:     }
                    259:   return 0;
                    260: }
                    261: 
                    262: /* Perform all the pending incrementations.  */
1.1       root      263: 
                    264: void
                    265: emit_queue ()
                    266: {
                    267:   register rtx p;
                    268:   while (p = pending_chain)
                    269:     {
                    270:       QUEUED_INSN (p) = emit_insn (QUEUED_BODY (p));
                    271:       pending_chain = QUEUED_NEXT (p);
                    272:     }
                    273: }
                    274: 
1.1.1.2   root      275: static void
1.1       root      276: init_queue ()
                    277: {
                    278:   if (pending_chain)
                    279:     abort ();
                    280: }
                    281: 
                    282: /* Copy data from FROM to TO, where the machine modes are not the same.
                    283:    Both modes may be integer, or both may be floating.
                    284:    UNSIGNEDP should be nonzero if FROM is an unsigned type.
                    285:    This causes zero-extension instead of sign-extension.  */
                    286: 
                    287: void
                    288: convert_move (to, from, unsignedp)
                    289:      register rtx to, from;
                    290:      int unsignedp;
                    291: {
                    292:   enum machine_mode to_mode = GET_MODE (to);
                    293:   enum machine_mode from_mode = GET_MODE (from);
1.1.1.16  root      294:   int to_real = GET_MODE_CLASS (to_mode) == MODE_FLOAT;
                    295:   int from_real = GET_MODE_CLASS (from_mode) == MODE_FLOAT;
1.1       root      296:   int extending = (int) to_mode > (int) from_mode;
                    297: 
                    298:   to = protect_from_queue (to, 1);
                    299:   from = protect_from_queue (from, 0);
                    300: 
                    301:   if (to_real != from_real)
                    302:     abort ();
                    303: 
1.1.1.2   root      304:   if (to_mode == from_mode
                    305:       || (from_mode == VOIDmode && CONSTANT_P (from)))
1.1       root      306:     {
                    307:       emit_move_insn (to, from);
                    308:       return;
                    309:     }
                    310: 
                    311:   if (to_real)
                    312:     {
                    313: #ifdef HAVE_extendsfdf2
                    314:       if (HAVE_extendsfdf2 && extending)
                    315:        {
1.1.1.2   root      316:          emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendsfdf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
1.1       root      317:          return;
                    318:        }
                    319: #endif
                    320: #ifdef HAVE_truncdfsf2
                    321:       if (HAVE_truncdfsf2 && ! extending)
                    322:        {
1.1.1.2   root      323:          emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdfsf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
1.1       root      324:          return;
                    325:        }
                    326: #endif
                    327:       emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, (extending
1.1.1.13  root      328:                                                      ? "__extendsfdf2"
1.1.1.17  root      329:                                                      : "__truncdfsf2")), 0,
1.1.1.2   root      330:                         GET_MODE (to), 1,
                    331:                         from,  (extending ? SFmode : DFmode));
                    332:       emit_move_insn (to, hard_libcall_value (GET_MODE (to)));
1.1       root      333:       return;
                    334:     }
                    335: 
1.1.1.2   root      336:   /* Now both modes are integers.  */
                    337: 
1.1       root      338:   if (to_mode == DImode)
                    339:     {
                    340:       if (unsignedp)
                    341:        {
1.1.1.14  root      342: #ifdef HAVE_zero_extendsidi2
                    343:          if (HAVE_zero_extendsidi2 && from_mode == SImode)
                    344:            emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_zero_extendsidi2, to, from, ZERO_EXTEND);
                    345:          else
                    346: #endif
                    347: #ifdef HAVE_zero_extendhidi2
                    348:          if (HAVE_zero_extendhidi2 && from_mode == HImode)
                    349:            emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_zero_extendhidi2, to, from, ZERO_EXTEND);
                    350:          else
                    351: #endif
                    352: #ifdef HAVE_zero_extendqidi2
                    353:          if (HAVE_zero_extendqidi2 && from_mode == QImode)
                    354:            emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_zero_extendqidi2, to, from, ZERO_EXTEND);
                    355:          else
                    356: #endif
                    357: #ifdef HAVE_zero_extendsidi2
                    358:          if (HAVE_zero_extendsidi2)
                    359:            {
                    360:              convert_move (gen_lowpart (SImode, to), from, unsignedp);
1.1.1.15  root      361:              emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_zero_extendsidi2, to,
                    362:                              gen_lowpart (SImode, to), ZERO_EXTEND);
1.1.1.14  root      363:            }
                    364:          else
                    365: #endif
                    366:            {
                    367:              emit_insn (gen_rtx (CLOBBER, VOIDmode, to));
                    368:              convert_move (gen_lowpart (SImode, to), from, unsignedp);
                    369:              emit_clr_insn (gen_highpart (SImode, to));
                    370:            }
1.1       root      371:        }
1.1.1.5   root      372: #ifdef HAVE_extendsidi2
1.1.1.14  root      373:       else if (HAVE_extendsidi2 && from_mode == SImode)
                    374:        emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendsidi2, to, from, SIGN_EXTEND);
                    375: #endif
                    376: #ifdef HAVE_extendhidi2
                    377:       else if (HAVE_extendhidi2 && from_mode == HImode)
                    378:        emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendhidi2, to, from, SIGN_EXTEND);
                    379: #endif
                    380: #ifdef HAVE_extendqidi2
                    381:       else if (HAVE_extendqidi2 && from_mode == QImode)
                    382:        emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendqidi2, to, from, SIGN_EXTEND);
                    383: #endif
                    384: #ifdef HAVE_extendsidi2
1.1.1.5   root      385:       else if (HAVE_extendsidi2)
1.1.1.14  root      386:        {
                    387:          convert_move (gen_lowpart (SImode, to), from, unsignedp);
1.1.1.16  root      388:          emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendsidi2, to,
                    389:                          gen_lowpart (SImode, to), SIGN_EXTEND);
1.1.1.14  root      390:        }
1.1.1.5   root      391: #endif
1.1.1.2   root      392: #ifdef HAVE_slt
                    393:       else if (HAVE_slt && insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_slt][0] == SImode)
1.1       root      394:        {
1.1.1.19  root      395:          rtx temp, target;
1.1.1.5   root      396:          emit_insn (gen_rtx (CLOBBER, VOIDmode, to));
1.1       root      397:          convert_move (gen_lowpart (SImode, to), from, unsignedp);
1.1.1.19  root      398:          emit_cmp_insn (gen_lowpart (SImode, to), const0_rtx, 0, 0, 0);
                    399:          target = gen_highpart (SImode, to);
                    400:          if (!(*insn_operand_predicate[(int) CODE_FOR_slt][0]) (target, SImode))
                    401:            temp = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
                    402:          else
                    403:            temp = target;
                    404:          emit_insn (gen_slt (temp));
                    405:          if (temp != target)
                    406:            emit_move_insn (target, temp);
1.1       root      407:        }
                    408: #endif
                    409:       else
                    410:        {
                    411:          register rtx label = gen_label_rtx ();
1.1.1.19  root      412:          rtx temp, target;
1.1       root      413: 
1.1.1.5   root      414:          emit_insn (gen_rtx (CLOBBER, VOIDmode, to));
1.1       root      415:          emit_clr_insn (gen_highpart (SImode, to));
                    416:          convert_move (gen_lowpart (SImode, to), from, unsignedp);
                    417:          emit_cmp_insn (gen_lowpart (SImode, to),
                    418:                         gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, 0),
1.1.1.14  root      419:                         0, 0, 0);
1.1.1.6   root      420:          NO_DEFER_POP;
1.1       root      421:          emit_jump_insn (gen_bge (label));
1.1.1.19  root      422:          target = gen_highpart (SImode, to);
                    423:          temp = expand_unop (SImode, one_cmpl_optab,
                    424:                              target, gen_highpart (SImode, to),
                    425:                              1);
                    426:          if (temp != target)
                    427:            emit_move_insn (target, temp);
1.1       root      428:          emit_label (label);
1.1.1.6   root      429:          OK_DEFER_POP;
1.1       root      430:        }
                    431:       return;
                    432:     }
                    433: 
                    434:   if (from_mode == DImode)
                    435:     {
                    436:       convert_move (to, gen_lowpart (SImode, from), 0);
                    437:       return;
                    438:     }
                    439: 
                    440:   /* Now follow all the conversions between integers
                    441:      no more than a word long.  */
                    442: 
1.1.1.2   root      443:   /* For truncation, usually we can just refer to FROM in a narrower mode.  */
                    444:   if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode)
                    445:       && TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode),
                    446:                                GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode))
                    447:       && ((GET_CODE (from) == MEM
1.1.1.16  root      448:           && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (from)
1.1.1.2   root      449:           && ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (from, 0)))
1.1.1.16  root      450:          || GET_CODE (from) == REG
                    451:          || GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG))
1.1.1.2   root      452:     {
                    453:       emit_move_insn (to, gen_lowpart (to_mode, from));
                    454:       return;
                    455:     }
                    456: 
1.1       root      457:   if (to_mode == SImode && from_mode == HImode)
                    458:     {
                    459:       if (unsignedp)
                    460:        {
                    461: #ifdef HAVE_zero_extendhisi2
                    462:          if (HAVE_zero_extendhisi2)
1.1.1.2   root      463:            emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_zero_extendhisi2, to, from, ZERO_EXTEND);
1.1       root      464:          else
                    465: #endif
                    466:            abort ();
                    467:        }
                    468:       else
                    469:        {
                    470: #ifdef HAVE_extendhisi2
                    471:          if (HAVE_extendhisi2)
1.1.1.2   root      472:            emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendhisi2, to, from, SIGN_EXTEND);
1.1       root      473:          else
                    474: #endif
                    475:            abort ();
                    476:        }
                    477:       return;
                    478:     }
                    479: 
                    480:   if (to_mode == SImode && from_mode == QImode)
                    481:     {
                    482:       if (unsignedp)
                    483:        {
                    484: #ifdef HAVE_zero_extendqisi2
                    485:          if (HAVE_zero_extendqisi2)
                    486:            {
1.1.1.2   root      487:              emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_zero_extendqisi2, to, from, ZERO_EXTEND);
1.1       root      488:              return;
                    489:            }
                    490: #endif
                    491: #if defined (HAVE_zero_extendqihi2) && defined (HAVE_extendhisi2)
                    492:          if (HAVE_zero_extendqihi2 && HAVE_extendhisi2)
                    493:            {
                    494:              register rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (HImode);
1.1.1.2   root      495:              emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_zero_extendqihi2, temp, from, ZERO_EXTEND);
                    496:              emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendhisi2, to, temp, SIGN_EXTEND);
1.1       root      497:              return;
                    498:            }
                    499: #endif
                    500:        }
                    501:       else
                    502:        {
                    503: #ifdef HAVE_extendqisi2
                    504:          if (HAVE_extendqisi2)
                    505:            {
1.1.1.2   root      506:              emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendqisi2, to, from, SIGN_EXTEND);
1.1       root      507:              return;
                    508:            }
                    509: #endif
                    510: #if defined (HAVE_extendqihi2) && defined (HAVE_extendhisi2)
                    511:          if (HAVE_extendqihi2 && HAVE_extendhisi2)
                    512:            {
                    513:              register rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (HImode);
1.1.1.2   root      514:              emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendqihi2, temp, from, SIGN_EXTEND);
                    515:              emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendhisi2, to, temp, SIGN_EXTEND);
1.1       root      516:              return;
                    517:            }
                    518: #endif
                    519:        }
                    520:       abort ();
                    521:     }
                    522: 
                    523:   if (to_mode == HImode && from_mode == QImode)
                    524:     {
                    525:       if (unsignedp)
                    526:        {
                    527: #ifdef HAVE_zero_extendqihi2
                    528:          if (HAVE_zero_extendqihi2)
                    529:            {
1.1.1.2   root      530:              emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_zero_extendqihi2, to, from, ZERO_EXTEND);
1.1       root      531:              return;
                    532:            }
                    533: #endif
                    534:        }
                    535:       else
                    536:        {
                    537: #ifdef HAVE_extendqihi2
                    538:          if (HAVE_extendqihi2)
                    539:            {
1.1.1.2   root      540:              emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendqihi2, to, from, SIGN_EXTEND);
1.1       root      541:              return;
                    542:            }
                    543: #endif
                    544:        }
                    545:       abort ();
                    546:     }
                    547: 
1.1.1.16  root      548: #if 0 /* This seems to be redundant with code 100 lines up.  */
                    549: 
1.1       root      550:   /* Now we are truncating an integer to a smaller one.
                    551:      If the result is a temporary, we might as well just copy it,
                    552:      since only the low-order part of the result needs to be valid
                    553:      and it is valid with no change.  */
                    554: 
                    555:   if (GET_CODE (to) == REG)
                    556:     {
                    557:       if (GET_CODE (from) == REG)
                    558:        {
                    559:          emit_move_insn (to, gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (to), from));
                    560:          return;
                    561:        }
1.1.1.2   root      562:       else if (GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG)
                    563:        {
                    564:          from = copy_rtx (from);
                    565:          /* This is safe since FROM is not more than one word.  */
                    566:          PUT_MODE (from, GET_MODE (to));
                    567:          emit_move_insn (to, from);
                    568:          return;
                    569:        }
1.1       root      570: #ifndef BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
                    571:       else if (GET_CODE (from) == MEM)
                    572:        {
                    573:          register rtx addr = XEXP (from, 0);
1.1.1.2   root      574:          if (memory_address_p (GET_MODE (to), addr))
1.1       root      575:            {
                    576:              emit_move_insn (to, gen_rtx (MEM, GET_MODE (to), addr));
                    577:              return;
                    578:            }
                    579:        }
                    580: #endif /* not BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN */
                    581:     }
1.1.1.16  root      582: #endif /* 0 */
1.1       root      583: 
                    584:   if (from_mode == SImode && to_mode == HImode)
                    585:     {
                    586: #ifdef HAVE_truncsihi2
                    587:       if (HAVE_truncsihi2)
                    588:        {
1.1.1.2   root      589:          emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsihi2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
1.1       root      590:          return;
                    591:        }
                    592: #endif
                    593:       abort ();
                    594:     }
                    595: 
                    596:   if (from_mode == SImode && to_mode == QImode)
                    597:     {
                    598: #ifdef HAVE_truncsiqi2
                    599:       if (HAVE_truncsiqi2)
                    600:        {
1.1.1.2   root      601:          emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
1.1       root      602:          return;
                    603:        }
                    604: #endif
                    605:       abort ();
                    606:     }
                    607: 
                    608:   if (from_mode == HImode && to_mode == QImode)
                    609:     {
                    610: #ifdef HAVE_trunchiqi2
                    611:       if (HAVE_trunchiqi2)
                    612:        {
1.1.1.2   root      613:          emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunchiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
1.1       root      614:          return;
                    615:        }
                    616: #endif
                    617:       abort ();
                    618:     }
1.1.1.2   root      619: 
                    620:   /* Mode combination is not recognized.  */
                    621:   abort ();
1.1       root      622: }
                    623: 
                    624: /* Return an rtx for a value that would result
                    625:    from converting X to mode MODE.
                    626:    Both X and MODE may be floating, or both integer.
                    627:    UNSIGNEDP is nonzero if X is an unsigned value.
                    628:    This can be done by referring to a part of X in place
                    629:    or by copying to a new temporary with conversion.  */
                    630: 
                    631: rtx
                    632: convert_to_mode (mode, x, unsignedp)
                    633:      enum machine_mode mode;
                    634:      rtx x;
                    635:      int unsignedp;
                    636: {
                    637:   register rtx temp;
                    638:   if (mode == GET_MODE (x))
                    639:     return x;
1.1.1.2   root      640:   if (integer_mode_p (mode)
1.1.1.16  root      641:       && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))
1.1.1.21! root      642:       && (GET_CODE (x) == REG || GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE
        !           643:          || (GET_CODE (x) == MEM && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (x))))
1.1       root      644:     return gen_lowpart (mode, x);
                    645:   temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
                    646:   convert_move (temp, x, unsignedp);
                    647:   return temp;
                    648: }
1.1.1.2   root      649: 
                    650: int
                    651: integer_mode_p (mode)
                    652:      enum machine_mode mode;
                    653: {
                    654:   return (int) mode > (int) VOIDmode && (int) mode <= (int) TImode;
                    655: }
1.1       root      656: 
                    657: /* Generate several move instructions to copy LEN bytes
1.1.1.2   root      658:    from block FROM to block TO.  (These are MEM rtx's with BLKmode).
                    659:    The caller must pass FROM and TO
1.1       root      660:     through protect_from_queue before calling.
                    661:    ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment we can assume.  */
                    662: 
                    663: struct move_by_pieces
                    664: {
                    665:   rtx to;
1.1.1.2   root      666:   rtx to_addr;
1.1       root      667:   int autinc_to;
                    668:   int explicit_inc_to;
                    669:   rtx from;
1.1.1.2   root      670:   rtx from_addr;
1.1       root      671:   int autinc_from;
                    672:   int explicit_inc_from;
                    673:   int len;
                    674:   int offset;
                    675:   int reverse;
                    676: };
                    677: 
1.1.1.17  root      678: static void move_by_pieces_1 ();
                    679: static int move_by_pieces_ninsns ();
                    680: 
1.1       root      681: static void
1.1.1.2   root      682: move_by_pieces (to, from, len, align)
1.1       root      683:      rtx to, from;
                    684:      int len, align;
                    685: {
                    686:   struct move_by_pieces data;
1.1.1.2   root      687:   rtx to_addr = XEXP (to, 0), from_addr = XEXP (from, 0);
1.1       root      688: 
                    689:   data.offset = 0;
1.1.1.2   root      690:   data.to_addr = to_addr;
                    691:   data.from_addr = from_addr;
1.1       root      692:   data.to = to;
                    693:   data.from = from;
1.1.1.2   root      694:   data.autinc_to
                    695:     = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC
                    696:        || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC);
                    697:   data.autinc_from
                    698:     = (GET_CODE (from_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (from_addr) == PRE_DEC
                    699:        || GET_CODE (from_addr) == POST_INC
                    700:        || GET_CODE (from_addr) == POST_DEC);
1.1       root      701: 
                    702:   data.explicit_inc_from = 0;
                    703:   data.explicit_inc_to = 0;
1.1.1.2   root      704:   data.reverse
                    705:     = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC);
1.1       root      706:   if (data.reverse) data.offset = len;
                    707:   data.len = len;
                    708: 
                    709:   /* If copying requires more than two move insns,
                    710:      copy addresses to registers (to make displacements shorter)
                    711:      and use post-increment if available.  */
                    712:   if (!(data.autinc_from && data.autinc_to)
                    713:       && move_by_pieces_ninsns (len, align) > 2)
                    714:     {
                    715: #ifdef HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT
                    716:       if (data.reverse && ! data.autinc_from)
                    717:        {
1.1.1.2   root      718:          data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (from_addr, len));
1.1       root      719:          data.autinc_from = 1;
                    720:          data.explicit_inc_from = -1;
                    721:        }
                    722: #endif
                    723: #ifdef HAVE_POST_INCREMENT
                    724:       if (! data.autinc_from)
                    725:        {
1.1.1.2   root      726:          data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (from_addr);
1.1       root      727:          data.autinc_from = 1;
                    728:          data.explicit_inc_from = 1;
                    729:        }
                    730: #endif
1.1.1.2   root      731:       if (!data.autinc_from && CONSTANT_P (from_addr))
                    732:        data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (from_addr);
1.1       root      733: #ifdef HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT
                    734:       if (data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to)
                    735:        {
1.1.1.2   root      736:          data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (to_addr, len));
1.1       root      737:          data.autinc_to = 1;
                    738:          data.explicit_inc_to = -1;
                    739:        }
                    740: #endif
                    741: #ifdef HAVE_POST_INCREMENT
                    742:       if (! data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to)
                    743:        {
1.1.1.2   root      744:          data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr);
1.1       root      745:          data.autinc_to = 1;
                    746:          data.explicit_inc_to = 1;
                    747:        }
                    748: #endif
1.1.1.2   root      749:       if (!data.autinc_to && CONSTANT_P (to_addr))
                    750:        data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr);
1.1       root      751:     }
                    752: 
                    753: #ifdef STRICT_ALIGNMENT
1.1.1.2   root      754:   if (align > MOVE_MAX || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
1.1       root      755:     align = MOVE_MAX;
                    756: #else
                    757:   align = MOVE_MAX;
                    758: #endif
                    759: 
                    760: #ifdef HAVE_movti
                    761:   if (HAVE_movti && align >= GET_MODE_SIZE (TImode))
                    762:     move_by_pieces_1 (gen_movti, TImode, &data);
                    763: #endif
                    764: #ifdef HAVE_movdi
                    765:   if (HAVE_movdi && align >= GET_MODE_SIZE (DImode))
                    766:     move_by_pieces_1 (gen_movdi, DImode, &data);
                    767: #endif
1.1.1.2   root      768: #ifdef HAVE_movsi
1.1       root      769:   if (align >= GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode))
                    770:     move_by_pieces_1 (gen_movsi, SImode, &data);
1.1.1.2   root      771: #endif
                    772: #ifdef HAVE_movhi
                    773:   if (HAVE_movhi && align >= GET_MODE_SIZE (HImode))
1.1       root      774:     move_by_pieces_1 (gen_movhi, HImode, &data);
1.1.1.2   root      775: #endif
                    776: #ifdef HAVE_movqi
1.1       root      777:   move_by_pieces_1 (gen_movqi, QImode, &data);
1.1.1.2   root      778: #else
                    779:   movqi instruction required in machine description
                    780: #endif
1.1       root      781: }
                    782: 
                    783: /* Return number of insns required to move L bytes by pieces.
                    784:    ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment we can assume.  */
                    785: 
1.1.1.2   root      786: static int
1.1       root      787: move_by_pieces_ninsns (l, align)
                    788:      unsigned int l;
                    789:      int align;
                    790: {
                    791:   register int n_insns = 0;
                    792: 
                    793: #ifdef STRICT_ALIGNMENT
1.1.1.2   root      794:   if (align > MOVE_MAX || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
1.1       root      795:     align = MOVE_MAX;
                    796: #else
                    797:   align = MOVE_MAX;
                    798: #endif
                    799: 
                    800: #ifdef HAVE_movti
                    801:   if (HAVE_movti && align >= GET_MODE_SIZE (TImode))
                    802:     n_insns += l / GET_MODE_SIZE (TImode), l %= GET_MODE_SIZE (TImode);
                    803: #endif
                    804: #ifdef HAVE_movdi
                    805:   if (HAVE_movdi && align >= GET_MODE_SIZE (DImode))
                    806:     n_insns += l / GET_MODE_SIZE (DImode), l %= GET_MODE_SIZE (DImode);
                    807: #endif
1.1.1.2   root      808: #ifdef HAVE_movsi
1.1       root      809:   if (HAVE_movsi && align >= GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode))
                    810:     n_insns += l / GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode), l %= GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode);
1.1.1.2   root      811: #endif
                    812: #ifdef HAVE_movhi
1.1       root      813:   if (HAVE_movhi && align >= GET_MODE_SIZE (HImode))
                    814:     n_insns += l / GET_MODE_SIZE (HImode), l %= GET_MODE_SIZE (HImode);
1.1.1.2   root      815: #endif
1.1       root      816:   n_insns += l;
                    817: 
                    818:   return n_insns;
                    819: }
                    820: 
                    821: /* Subroutine of move_by_pieces.  Move as many bytes as appropriate
                    822:    with move instructions for mode MODE.  GENFUN is the gen_... function
                    823:    to make a move insn for that mode.  DATA has all the other info.  */
                    824: 
1.1.1.2   root      825: static void
1.1       root      826: move_by_pieces_1 (genfun, mode, data)
                    827:      rtx (*genfun) ();
                    828:      enum machine_mode mode;
                    829:      struct move_by_pieces *data;
                    830: {
                    831:   register int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
                    832:   register rtx to1, from1;
                    833: 
                    834:   while (data->len >= size)
                    835:     {
1.1.1.2   root      836:       if (data->reverse) data->offset -= size;
1.1       root      837: 
1.1.1.13  root      838:       to1 = (data->autinc_to
                    839:             ? gen_rtx (MEM, mode, data->to_addr)
                    840:             : change_address (data->to, mode,
                    841:                               plus_constant (data->to_addr, data->offset)));
                    842:       from1 =
                    843:        (data->autinc_from
                    844:         ? gen_rtx (MEM, mode, data->from_addr)
                    845:         : change_address (data->from, mode,
                    846:                           plus_constant (data->from_addr, data->offset)));
1.1       root      847: 
                    848: #ifdef HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT
                    849:       if (data->explicit_inc_to < 0)
1.1.1.2   root      850:        emit_insn (gen_sub2_insn (data->to_addr,
1.1       root      851:                                  gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, size)));
                    852:       if (data->explicit_inc_from < 0)
1.1.1.2   root      853:        emit_insn (gen_sub2_insn (data->from_addr,
1.1       root      854:                                  gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, size)));
                    855: #endif
                    856: 
1.1.1.5   root      857:       emit_insn ((*genfun) (to1, from1));
1.1       root      858: #ifdef HAVE_POST_INCREMENT
                    859:       if (data->explicit_inc_to > 0)
1.1.1.2   root      860:        emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr,
1.1       root      861:                                  gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, size)));
                    862:       if (data->explicit_inc_from > 0)
1.1.1.2   root      863:        emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->from_addr,
1.1       root      864:                                  gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, size)));
                    865: #endif
                    866: 
                    867:       if (! data->reverse) data->offset += size;
1.1.1.2   root      868: 
1.1       root      869:       data->len -= size;
                    870:     }
                    871: }
                    872: 
                    873: /* Emit code to move a block Y to a block X.
                    874:    This may be done with string-move instructions,
                    875:    with multiple scalar move instructions, or with a library call.
                    876: 
                    877:    Both X and Y must be MEM rtx's (perhaps inside VOLATILE)
                    878:    with mode BLKmode.
                    879:    SIZE is an rtx that says how long they are.
                    880:    ALIGN is the maximum alignment we can assume they have,
                    881:    measured in bytes.  */
                    882: 
                    883: static void
                    884: emit_block_move (x, y, size, align)
                    885:      rtx x, y;
                    886:      rtx size;
                    887:      int align;
                    888: {
                    889:   if (GET_MODE (x) != BLKmode)
                    890:     abort ();
                    891: 
                    892:   if (GET_MODE (y) != BLKmode)
                    893:     abort ();
                    894: 
                    895:   x = protect_from_queue (x, 1);
                    896:   y = protect_from_queue (y, 0);
                    897: 
1.1.1.2   root      898:   if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
1.1       root      899:     abort ();
1.1.1.2   root      900:   if (GET_CODE (y) != MEM)
1.1       root      901:     abort ();
                    902:   if (size == 0)
                    903:     abort ();
                    904: 
                    905:   if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT
                    906:       && (move_by_pieces_ninsns ((unsigned) INTVAL (size), align)
                    907:          < MOVE_RATIO))
1.1.1.2   root      908:     move_by_pieces (x, y, INTVAL (size), align);
1.1       root      909:   else
                    910:     {
1.1.1.9   root      911:       /* Try the most limited insn first, because there's no point
                    912:         including more than one in the machine description unless
                    913:         the more limited one has some advantage.  */
                    914: #ifdef HAVE_movstrqi
                    915:       if (HAVE_movstrqi
                    916:          && GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT
                    917:          && ((unsigned) INTVAL (size)
                    918:              < (1 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (QImode) - 1))))
1.1       root      919:        {
1.1.1.14  root      920:          emit_insn (gen_movstrqi (x, y, size,
                    921:                                   gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, align)));
1.1       root      922:          return;
                    923:        }
                    924: #endif
                    925: #ifdef HAVE_movstrhi
                    926:       if (HAVE_movstrhi
                    927:          && GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT
                    928:          && ((unsigned) INTVAL (size)
1.1.1.5   root      929:              < (1 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (HImode) - 1))))
1.1       root      930:        {
1.1.1.14  root      931:          emit_insn (gen_movstrhi (x, y, size,
                    932:                                   gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, align)));
1.1       root      933:          return;
                    934:        }
                    935: #endif
1.1.1.9   root      936: #ifdef HAVE_movstrsi
                    937:       if (HAVE_movstrsi)
1.1.1.5   root      938:        {
1.1.1.14  root      939:          emit_insn (gen_movstrsi (x, y, size,
                    940:                                   gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, align)));
1.1.1.5   root      941:          return;
                    942:        }
                    943: #endif
1.1.1.2   root      944: 
                    945: #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS
1.1.1.17  root      946:       emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, "memcpy"), 0,
1.1.1.2   root      947:                         VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (x, 0), Pmode,
                    948:                         XEXP (y, 0), Pmode,
                    949:                         size, Pmode);
                    950: #else
1.1.1.17  root      951:       emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, "bcopy"), 0,
1.1.1.2   root      952:                         VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (y, 0), Pmode,
                    953:                         XEXP (x, 0), Pmode,
1.1       root      954:                         size, Pmode);
1.1.1.2   root      955: #endif
                    956:     }
                    957: }
                    958: 
                    959: /* Copy all or part of a BLKmode value X into registers starting at REGNO.
                    960:    The number of registers to be filled is NREGS.  */
                    961: 
                    962: static void
                    963: move_block_to_reg (regno, x, nregs)
                    964:      int regno;
                    965:      rtx x;
                    966:      int nregs;
                    967: {
                    968:   int i;
                    969:   if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE && x != dconst0_rtx)
                    970:     x = force_const_double_mem (x);
                    971:   for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++)
                    972:     {
                    973:       if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
                    974:        emit_move_insn (gen_rtx (REG, SImode, regno + i),
                    975:                        gen_rtx (SUBREG, SImode, x, i));
1.1.1.19  root      976:       else if (x == dconst0_rtx || x == const0_rtx)
1.1.1.2   root      977:        emit_move_insn (gen_rtx (REG, SImode, regno + i),
                    978:                        const0_rtx);
                    979:       else
                    980:        emit_move_insn (gen_rtx (REG, SImode, regno + i),
                    981:                        gen_rtx (MEM, SImode,
1.1.1.10  root      982:                                 memory_address (SImode,
                    983:                                                 plus_constant (XEXP (x, 0),
                    984:                                                                i * GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode)))));
1.1.1.2   root      985:     }
                    986: }
                    987: 
                    988: /* Copy all or part of a BLKmode value X out of registers starting at REGNO.
                    989:    The number of registers to be filled is NREGS.  */
                    990: 
                    991: void
                    992: move_block_from_reg (regno, x, nregs)
                    993:      int regno;
                    994:      rtx x;
                    995:      int nregs;
                    996: {
                    997:   int i;
                    998:   for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++)
                    999:     {
                   1000:       if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
                   1001:        emit_move_insn (gen_rtx (SUBREG, SImode, x, i),
                   1002:                        gen_rtx (REG, SImode, regno + i));
                   1003:       else
                   1004:        emit_move_insn (gen_rtx (MEM, SImode,
1.1.1.10  root     1005:                                 memory_address (SImode,
                   1006:                                                 plus_constant (XEXP (x, 0),
                   1007:                                                                i * GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode)))),
1.1.1.2   root     1008:                        gen_rtx (REG, SImode, regno + i));
1.1       root     1009:     }
                   1010: }
1.1.1.2   root     1011: 
                   1012: /* Mark NREGS consecutive regs, starting at REGNO, as being live now.  */
                   1013: 
                   1014: static void
                   1015: use_regs (regno, nregs)
                   1016:      int regno;
                   1017:      int nregs;
                   1018: {
                   1019:   int i;
                   1020:   for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++)
                   1021:     emit_insn (gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, gen_rtx (REG, SImode, regno + i)));
                   1022: }
1.1       root     1023: 
1.1.1.2   root     1024: /* Write zeros through the storage of OBJECT.
                   1025:    If OBJECT has BLKmode, SIZE is its length in bytes.  */
                   1026: 
                   1027: void
                   1028: clear_storage (object, size)
                   1029:      rtx object;
                   1030:      int size;
                   1031: {
                   1032:   if (GET_MODE (object) == BLKmode)
                   1033:     {
                   1034: #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS
1.1.1.17  root     1035:       emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, "memset"), 0,
1.1.1.2   root     1036:                         VOIDmode, 3,
                   1037:                         XEXP (object, 0), Pmode, const0_rtx, Pmode,
                   1038:                         gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, size), Pmode);
                   1039: #else
1.1.1.17  root     1040:       emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, "bzero"), 0,
1.1.1.2   root     1041:                         VOIDmode, 2,
                   1042:                         XEXP (object, 0), Pmode,
                   1043:                         gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, size), Pmode);
                   1044: #endif
                   1045:     }
                   1046:   else
1.1.1.13  root     1047:     emit_move_insn (object, const0_rtx);
1.1.1.2   root     1048: }
                   1049: 
1.1       root     1050: /* Generate code to copy Y into X.
                   1051:    Both Y and X must have the same mode, except that
                   1052:    Y can be a constant with VOIDmode.
1.1.1.2   root     1053:    This mode cannot be BLKmode; use emit_block_move for that.
1.1       root     1054: 
1.1.1.2   root     1055:    Return the last instruction emitted.  */
                   1056: 
                   1057: rtx
1.1       root     1058: emit_move_insn (x, y)
                   1059:      rtx x, y;
                   1060: {
                   1061:   enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
                   1062:   x = protect_from_queue (x, 1);
                   1063:   y = protect_from_queue (y, 0);
                   1064: 
                   1065:   if (mode == BLKmode)
                   1066:     abort ();
1.1.1.2   root     1067:   if (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
1.1.1.19  root     1068:     {
                   1069:       int icode = (int) mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code;
                   1070:       if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][1]) (y, mode)
                   1071:          && (CONSTANT_P (y) || GET_CODE (y) == CONST_DOUBLE))
                   1072:        {
                   1073:          y = force_const_mem (mode, y);
                   1074:          if (! memory_address_p (mode, XEXP (y, 0)))
                   1075:            y = gen_rtx (MEM, mode, memory_address (mode, XEXP (y, 0)));
                   1076:        }
                   1077:       return emit_insn (GEN_FCN (icode) (x, y));
                   1078:     }
1.1.1.2   root     1079: #if 0
                   1080:   /* It turns out you get much better optimization (in cse and flow)
                   1081:      if you define movdi and movdf instruction patterns
                   1082:      even if they must turn into multiple assembler instructions.  */
1.1       root     1083:   else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) >= GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode))
                   1084:     {
                   1085:       register int count = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode);
                   1086:       register int i;
1.1.1.2   root     1087:       if (GET_CODE (y) == CONST_DOUBLE && y != dconst0_rtx)
                   1088:        y = force_const_double_mem (y);
1.1       root     1089:       for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
                   1090:        {
                   1091:          rtx x1, y1;
                   1092:          if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
                   1093:            x1 = gen_rtx (SUBREG, SImode, x, i);
                   1094:          else
                   1095:            x1 = gen_rtx (MEM, SImode,
                   1096:                          memory_address (SImode,
                   1097:                                          plus_constant (XEXP (x, 0),
                   1098:                                                         i * GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode))));
                   1099:          if (GET_CODE (y) == REG)
                   1100:            y1 = gen_rtx (SUBREG, SImode, y, i);
1.1.1.2   root     1101:          else if (y == dconst0_rtx)
                   1102:            y1 = const0_rtx;
1.1       root     1103:          else
                   1104:            y1 = gen_rtx (MEM, SImode,
                   1105:                          memory_address (SImode,
                   1106:                                          plus_constant (XEXP (y, 0),
                   1107:                                                         i * GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode))));
                   1108:          emit_insn (gen_movsi (protect_from_queue (x1, 1), protect_from_queue (y1, 0)));
                   1109:        }
                   1110:     }
1.1.1.2   root     1111: #endif
1.1       root     1112:   else
                   1113:     abort ();
                   1114: }
                   1115: 
                   1116: /* Pushing data onto the stack.  */
                   1117: 
                   1118: /* Push a block of length SIZE (perhaps variable)
                   1119:    and return an rtx to address the beginning of the block.
1.1.1.4   root     1120:    Note that it is not possible for the value returned to be a QUEUED.
                   1121:    The value may be stack_pointer_rtx.
                   1122: 
1.1.1.19  root     1123:    EXTRA is the number of bytes of padding to push in addition to the block.
                   1124:    The padding is pushed "after" the specified size.
                   1125: 
1.1.1.7   root     1126:    The value we return does take account of STACK_POINTER_OFFSET.  */
1.1       root     1127: 
1.1.1.7   root     1128: rtx
1.1.1.19  root     1129: push_block (size, extra)
1.1       root     1130:      rtx size;
1.1.1.19  root     1131:      int extra;
1.1       root     1132: {
                   1133:   register rtx temp;
1.1.1.19  root     1134:   if (CONSTANT_P (size))
                   1135:     anti_adjust_stack (plus_constant (size, extra));
                   1136:   else if (GET_CODE (size) == REG && extra == 0)
1.1.1.2   root     1137:     anti_adjust_stack (size);
                   1138:   else
1.1.1.19  root     1139:     {
                   1140:       rtx temp = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, size);
                   1141:       if (extra != 0)
                   1142:        temp = expand_binop (Pmode, add_optab,
                   1143:                             temp, gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, extra),
                   1144:                             temp, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
                   1145:       anti_adjust_stack (temp);
                   1146:     }
1.1.1.6   root     1147: 
1.1       root     1148: #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1.1.1.2   root     1149:   temp = stack_pointer_rtx;
1.1.1.19  root     1150:   if (extra != 0)
                   1151:     temp = plus_constant (temp, extra);
1.1       root     1152: #else
                   1153:   temp = gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode,
1.1.1.2   root     1154:                  stack_pointer_rtx,
1.1.1.11  root     1155:                  negate_rtx (Pmode, size));
1.1       root     1156:   if (GET_CODE (size) != CONST_INT)
                   1157:     temp = force_operand (temp, 0);
1.1.1.19  root     1158:   if (extra != 0)
                   1159:     temp = plus_constant (temp, -extra);
1.1       root     1160: #endif
1.1.1.7   root     1161: 
                   1162: #ifdef STACK_POINTER_OFFSET
                   1163:   temp = plus_constant (temp, STACK_POINTER_OFFSET);
                   1164: #endif /* STACK_POINTER_OFFSET */
                   1165: 
1.1       root     1166:   return memory_address (QImode, temp);
                   1167: }
                   1168: 
                   1169: static rtx
                   1170: gen_push_operand ()
                   1171: {
                   1172:   return gen_rtx (
                   1173: #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
                   1174:                  PRE_DEC,
                   1175: #else
                   1176:                  PRE_INC,
                   1177: #endif
                   1178:                  Pmode,
1.1.1.2   root     1179:                  stack_pointer_rtx);
1.1       root     1180: }
                   1181: 
                   1182: /* Generate code to push X onto the stack, assuming it has mode MODE.
                   1183:    MODE is redundant except when X is a CONST_INT (since they don't
                   1184:    carry mode info).
                   1185:    SIZE is an rtx for the size of data to be copied (in bytes),
                   1186:    needed only if X is BLKmode.
1.1.1.13  root     1187: 
1.1.1.2   root     1188:    ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment we can assume.
                   1189: 
                   1190:    If PARTIAL is nonzero, then copy that many of the first words
                   1191:    of X into registers starting with REG, and push the rest of X.
                   1192:    The amount of space pushed is decreased by PARTIAL words,
                   1193:    rounded *down* to a multiple of PARM_BOUNDARY.
                   1194:    REG must be a hard register in this case.
                   1195: 
                   1196:    EXTRA is the amount in bytes of extra space to leave next to this arg.
1.1.1.19  root     1197:    Within the function, we set EXTRA to zero once the padding is done,
                   1198:    to avoid padding twice.
1.1.1.2   root     1199: 
                   1200:    On a machine that lacks real push insns, ARGS_ADDR is the address of
                   1201:    the bottom of the argument block for this call.  We use indexing off there
                   1202:    to store the arg.  On machines with push insns, ARGS_ADDR is 0.
                   1203: 
                   1204:    ARGS_SO_FAR is the size of args previously pushed for this call.  */
1.1       root     1205: 
                   1206: static void
1.1.1.2   root     1207: emit_push_insn (x, mode, size, align, partial, reg, extra, args_addr, args_so_far)
1.1       root     1208:      register rtx x;
                   1209:      enum machine_mode mode;
                   1210:      rtx size;
                   1211:      int align;
1.1.1.2   root     1212:      int partial;
                   1213:      rtx reg;
                   1214:      int extra;
                   1215:      rtx args_addr;
                   1216:      rtx args_so_far;
1.1       root     1217: {
                   1218:   rtx xinner;
1.1.1.6   root     1219:   enum direction stack_direction
                   1220: #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
                   1221:     = downward;
                   1222: #else
                   1223:     = upward;
                   1224: #endif
                   1225: 
                   1226:   /* Decide where to pad the argument: `downward' for below,
                   1227:      `upward' for above, or `none' for don't pad it.
                   1228:      Default is below for small data on big-endian machines; else above.  */
                   1229:   enum direction where_pad = FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (mode, size);
1.1       root     1230: 
                   1231:   xinner = x = protect_from_queue (x, 0);
                   1232: 
1.1.1.6   root     1233:   if (extra)
                   1234:     {
                   1235:       if (args_addr == 0)
                   1236:        {
                   1237:          /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down,
                   1238:             or if padding below and stack grows up.  */
                   1239:          if (where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction)
1.1.1.19  root     1240:            {
                   1241:              anti_adjust_stack (gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, extra));
                   1242:              extra = 0;
                   1243:            }
1.1.1.6   root     1244:        }
                   1245:       else
                   1246:        {
                   1247:          /* If space already allocated, just adjust the address we use.  */
                   1248:          if (where_pad == downward)
1.1.1.19  root     1249:            {
                   1250:              args_so_far = plus_constant (args_so_far, extra);
                   1251:            }
                   1252:          /* If padding comes after a space already allocated,
                   1253:             there is nothing to do.  */
                   1254:          extra = 0;
1.1.1.6   root     1255:        }
                   1256:     }
1.1       root     1257: 
                   1258:   if (mode == BLKmode)
                   1259:     {
1.1.1.17  root     1260:       /* Copy a block into the stack, entirely or partially.  */
                   1261: 
1.1       root     1262:       register rtx temp;
1.1.1.2   root     1263:       int used = partial * UNITS_PER_WORD;
                   1264:       int offset = used % (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT);
1.1.1.17  root     1265:       int skip;
                   1266:       
                   1267:       if (size == 0)
                   1268:        abort ();
1.1.1.2   root     1269: 
1.1.1.13  root     1270:       used -= offset;
1.1.1.2   root     1271: 
1.1.1.17  root     1272:       /* USED is now the # of bytes we need not copy to the stack
                   1273:         because registers will take care of them.  */
1.1       root     1274: 
1.1.1.2   root     1275:       if (partial != 0)
                   1276:        xinner = change_address (xinner, BLKmode,
                   1277:                                 plus_constant (XEXP (xinner, 0), used));
                   1278: 
1.1.1.17  root     1279: /* If the partial register-part of the arg counts in its stack size,
                   1280:    skip the part of stack space corresponding to the registers.
                   1281:    Otherwise, start copying to the beginning of the stack space,
                   1282:    by setting SKIP to 0.  */
                   1283: #ifndef FIRST_PARM_CALLER_OFFSET
                   1284:       skip = 0;
                   1285: #else
                   1286:       skip = used;
                   1287: #endif
                   1288: 
1.1.1.2   root     1289: #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING
                   1290:       /* Do it with several push insns if that doesn't take lots of insns
                   1291:         and if there is no difficulty with push insns that skip bytes
                   1292:         on the stack for alignment purposes.  */
                   1293:       if (args_addr == 0
                   1294:          && GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT
                   1295:          && args_addr == 0
1.1.1.17  root     1296:          && skip == 0
1.1.1.2   root     1297:          && (move_by_pieces_ninsns ((unsigned) INTVAL (size) - used, align)
                   1298:              < MOVE_RATIO)
                   1299:          && PUSH_ROUNDING (INTVAL (size)) == INTVAL (size))
                   1300:        move_by_pieces (gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, gen_push_operand ()), xinner,
                   1301:                        INTVAL (size) - used, align);
1.1       root     1302:       else
1.1.1.2   root     1303: #endif /* PUSH_ROUNDING */
1.1       root     1304:        {
1.1.1.2   root     1305:          /* Otherwise make space on the stack and copy the data
                   1306:             to the address of that space.  */
                   1307: 
1.1.1.17  root     1308:          /* Deduct words put into registers from the size we must copy.  */
1.1.1.2   root     1309:          if (partial != 0)
                   1310:            {
                   1311:              if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT)
                   1312:                size = gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, INTVAL (size) - used);
                   1313:              else
                   1314:                size = expand_binop (GET_MODE (size), sub_optab, size,
                   1315:                                     gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, used),
                   1316:                                     0, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
                   1317:            }
                   1318: 
                   1319:          /* Get the address of the stack space.  */
                   1320:          if (! args_addr)
1.1.1.19  root     1321:            {
                   1322:              temp = push_block (size, extra);
                   1323:              extra = 0;
                   1324:            }
1.1.1.2   root     1325:          else if (GET_CODE (args_so_far) == CONST_INT)
                   1326:            temp = memory_address (BLKmode,
                   1327:                                   plus_constant (args_addr,
1.1.1.17  root     1328:                                                  skip + INTVAL (args_so_far)));
1.1.1.2   root     1329:          else
                   1330:            temp = memory_address (BLKmode,
                   1331:                                   plus_constant (gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode,
                   1332:                                                           args_addr, args_so_far),
1.1.1.17  root     1333:                                                  skip));
1.1.1.2   root     1334: 
                   1335:          /* TEMP is the address of the block.  Copy the data there.  */
                   1336:          if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT
                   1337:              && (move_by_pieces_ninsns ((unsigned) INTVAL (size), align)
                   1338:                  < MOVE_RATIO))
                   1339:            {
                   1340:              move_by_pieces (gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, temp), xinner,
                   1341:                              INTVAL (size), align);
1.1.1.16  root     1342:              goto ret;
1.1.1.2   root     1343:            }
1.1.1.13  root     1344:          /* Try the most limited insn first, because there's no point
                   1345:             including more than one in the machine description unless
                   1346:             the more limited one has some advantage.  */
1.1.1.9   root     1347: #ifdef HAVE_movstrqi
                   1348:          if (HAVE_movstrqi
                   1349:              && GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT
                   1350:              && ((unsigned) INTVAL (size)
                   1351:                  < (1 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (QImode) - 1))))
1.1       root     1352:            {
1.1.1.9   root     1353:              emit_insn (gen_movstrqi (gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, temp),
1.1.1.14  root     1354:                                       xinner, size,
                   1355:                                       gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, align)));
1.1.1.16  root     1356:              goto ret;
1.1       root     1357:            }
                   1358: #endif
                   1359: #ifdef HAVE_movstrhi
                   1360:          if (HAVE_movstrhi
                   1361:              && GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT
                   1362:              && ((unsigned) INTVAL (size)
1.1.1.5   root     1363:                  < (1 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (HImode) - 1))))
1.1       root     1364:            {
                   1365:              emit_insn (gen_movstrhi (gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, temp),
1.1.1.14  root     1366:                                       xinner, size,
                   1367:                                       gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, align)));
1.1.1.16  root     1368:              goto ret;
1.1       root     1369:            }
                   1370: #endif
1.1.1.9   root     1371: #ifdef HAVE_movstrsi
                   1372:          if (HAVE_movstrsi)
1.1.1.5   root     1373:            {
1.1.1.14  root     1374:              emit_insn (gen_movstrsi (gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, temp),
                   1375:                                       xinner, size,
                   1376:                                       gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, align)));
1.1.1.16  root     1377:              goto ret;
1.1.1.5   root     1378:            }
                   1379: #endif
1.1.1.2   root     1380: 
                   1381:          if (reg_mentioned_p (stack_pointer_rtx, temp))
                   1382:            {
1.1.1.15  root     1383:              /* Now that emit_library_call does force_operand
                   1384:                 before pushing anything, preadjustment does not work.  */
                   1385:              temp = copy_to_reg (temp);
                   1386: #if 0
1.1.1.2   root     1387:              /* Correct TEMP so it holds what will be a description of
                   1388:                 the address to copy to, valid after one arg is pushed.  */
1.1.1.5   root     1389:              int xsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
                   1390: #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING
                   1391:              xsize = PUSH_ROUNDING (xsize);
                   1392: #endif
                   1393:              xsize = ((xsize + PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT - 1)
                   1394:                       / (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT)
                   1395:                       * (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT));
1.1.1.8   root     1396: #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS
                   1397:              /* If we are calling bcopy, we push one arg before TEMP.
                   1398:                 If calling memcpy, we push two.  */
                   1399:              xsize *= 2;
                   1400: #endif
1.1       root     1401: #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1.1.1.4   root     1402:              temp = plus_constant (temp, xsize);
1.1       root     1403: #else
1.1.1.6   root     1404:              temp = plus_constant (temp, -xsize);
1.1.1.15  root     1405: #endif /* not STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD */
                   1406: #endif /* 0 */
1.1.1.2   root     1407:            }
                   1408: 
1.1.1.17  root     1409:          /* Make inhibit_defer_pop nonzero around the library call
1.1.1.2   root     1410:             to force it to pop the bcopy-arguments right away.  */
1.1.1.9   root     1411:          NO_DEFER_POP;
1.1.1.2   root     1412: #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS
1.1.1.17  root     1413:          emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, "memcpy"), 0,
1.1.1.2   root     1414:                             VOIDmode, 3, temp, Pmode, XEXP (xinner, 0), Pmode,
                   1415:                             size, Pmode);
                   1416: #else
1.1.1.17  root     1417:          emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, "bcopy"), 0,
1.1.1.2   root     1418:                             VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (xinner, 0), Pmode, temp, Pmode,
1.1       root     1419:                             size, Pmode);
1.1.1.2   root     1420: #endif
1.1.1.9   root     1421:          OK_DEFER_POP;
1.1       root     1422:        }
                   1423:     }
1.1.1.2   root     1424:   else if (partial > 0)
1.1       root     1425:     {
1.1.1.14  root     1426:       /* Scalar partly in registers.  */
                   1427: 
1.1.1.2   root     1428:       int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD;
                   1429:       int i;
1.1.1.13  root     1430:       int not_stack;
1.1.1.6   root     1431:       /* # words of start of argument
1.1.1.2   root     1432:         that we must make space for but need not store.  */
1.1.1.17  root     1433:       int offset = partial % (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_WORD);
1.1.1.2   root     1434:       int args_offset = INTVAL (args_so_far);
1.1.1.17  root     1435:       int skip;
1.1.1.2   root     1436: 
                   1437:       /* If we make space by pushing it, we might as well push
1.1.1.17  root     1438:         the real data.  Otherwise, we can leave OFFSET nonzero
1.1.1.2   root     1439:         and leave the space uninitialized.  */
                   1440:       if (args_addr == 0)
1.1.1.17  root     1441:        offset = 0;
1.1.1.2   root     1442: 
1.1.1.17  root     1443:       /* Now NOT_STACK gets the number of words that we don't need to
1.1.1.13  root     1444:         allocate on the stack.  */
1.1.1.17  root     1445:       not_stack = partial - offset;
                   1446: 
                   1447: /* If the partial register-part of the arg counts in its stack size,
                   1448:    skip the part of stack space corresponding to the registers.
                   1449:    Otherwise, start copying to the beginning of the stack space,
                   1450:    by setting SKIP to 0.  */
                   1451: #ifndef FIRST_PARM_CALLER_OFFSET
                   1452:       skip = 0;
                   1453: #else
                   1454:       skip = not_stack;
                   1455: #endif
1.1.1.2   root     1456: 
                   1457:       if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE && x != dconst0_rtx)
                   1458:        x = force_const_double_mem (x);
                   1459: 
1.1.1.13  root     1460:       /* Loop over all the words allocated on the stack for this arg.  */
1.1.1.14  root     1461:       /* We can do it by words, because any scalar bigger than a word
                   1462:         has a size a multiple of a word.  */
1.1.1.2   root     1463: #ifndef PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED
1.1.1.13  root     1464:       for (i = not_stack; i < size; i++)
1.1.1.2   root     1465: #else
1.1.1.13  root     1466:       for (i = size - 1; i >= not_stack; i--)
1.1.1.2   root     1467: #endif
1.1.1.17  root     1468:        if (i >= not_stack + offset)
1.1.1.13  root     1469:          {
1.1.1.14  root     1470:            rtx wd;
                   1471:            rtx addr;
                   1472:            /* Get the next word of the value in WD.  */
1.1.1.13  root     1473:            if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM)
1.1.1.14  root     1474:              {
                   1475:                rtx addr = memory_address (SImode,
                   1476:                                           plus_constant (XEXP (x, 0),
                   1477:                                                          i * UNITS_PER_WORD));
                   1478:                /* Copy to a reg, since machine may lack
                   1479:                   memory-to-memory move insns.  */
                   1480:                wd = copy_to_reg (gen_rtx (MEM, SImode, addr));
                   1481:              }
1.1.1.13  root     1482:            else if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
1.1.1.14  root     1483:              wd = gen_rtx (SUBREG, SImode, x, i);
1.1.1.19  root     1484:            else if (x == dconst0_rtx || x == const0_rtx)
1.1.1.14  root     1485:              wd = const0_rtx;
1.1.1.13  root     1486:            else
                   1487:              abort ();
1.1.1.14  root     1488: 
                   1489:            emit_push_insn (wd,
                   1490:                            SImode, 0, align, 0, 0, 0, args_addr,
                   1491:                            gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode,
1.1.1.17  root     1492:                                     args_offset + (i - not_stack + skip) * UNITS_PER_WORD));
1.1.1.13  root     1493:          }
1.1       root     1494:     }
                   1495:   else
1.1.1.2   root     1496:     {
                   1497:       rtx addr;
                   1498: #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING
                   1499:       if (args_addr == 0)
                   1500:        addr = gen_push_operand ();
                   1501:       else
                   1502: #endif
                   1503:        if (GET_CODE (args_so_far) == CONST_INT)
                   1504:          addr
                   1505:            = memory_address (mode,
                   1506:                              plus_constant (args_addr, INTVAL (args_so_far)));
                   1507:       else
                   1508:        addr = memory_address (mode, gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode, args_addr,
                   1509:                                              args_so_far));
                   1510: 
                   1511:       emit_move_insn (gen_rtx (MEM, mode, addr), x);
                   1512:     }
                   1513: 
1.1.1.16  root     1514:  ret:
1.1.1.17  root     1515:   /* If part should go in registers, copy that part
                   1516:      into the appropriate registers.  Do this now, at the end,
                   1517:      since mem-to-mem copies above may do function calls.  */
                   1518:   if (partial > 0)
                   1519:     move_block_to_reg (REGNO (reg), x, partial);
                   1520: 
1.1.1.19  root     1521:   if (extra)
1.1.1.2   root     1522:     anti_adjust_stack (gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, extra));
1.1       root     1523: }
                   1524: 
                   1525: /* Output a library call to function FUN (a SYMBOL_REF rtx)
1.1.1.17  root     1526:    (emitting the queue unless NO_QUEUE is nonzero),
                   1527:    for a value of mode OUTMODE,
1.1       root     1528:    with NARGS different arguments, passed as alternating rtx values
                   1529:    and machine_modes to convert them to.
                   1530:    The rtx values should have been passed through protect_from_queue already.  */
                   1531: 
                   1532: void
1.1.1.2   root     1533: emit_library_call (va_alist)
                   1534:      va_dcl
1.1       root     1535: {
1.1.1.2   root     1536:   register va_list p;
1.1       root     1537:   register int args_size = 0;
                   1538:   register int argnum;
1.1.1.2   root     1539:   enum machine_mode outmode;
                   1540:   int nargs;
                   1541:   rtx fun;
                   1542:   rtx orgfun;
                   1543:   int inc;
                   1544:   int count;
                   1545:   rtx *regvec;
                   1546:   rtx argblock = 0;
                   1547:   CUMULATIVE_ARGS args_so_far;
1.1.1.19  root     1548:   struct arg { rtx value; enum machine_mode mode; rtx reg; int partial; };
1.1.1.2   root     1549:   struct arg *argvec;
1.1.1.17  root     1550:   int old_inhibit_defer_pop = inhibit_defer_pop;
1.1.1.15  root     1551:   int stack_padding = 0;
1.1.1.17  root     1552:   int no_queue = 0;
1.1.1.18  root     1553:   rtx use_insns;
1.1.1.2   root     1554: 
                   1555:   va_start (p);
                   1556:   orgfun = fun = va_arg (p, rtx);
1.1.1.17  root     1557:   no_queue = va_arg (p, int);
1.1.1.2   root     1558:   outmode = va_arg (p, enum machine_mode);
                   1559:   nargs = va_arg (p, int);
                   1560: 
                   1561:   regvec = (rtx *) alloca (nargs * sizeof (rtx));
                   1562: 
                   1563:   /* Copy all the libcall-arguments out of the varargs data
                   1564:      and into a vector ARGVEC.  */
                   1565:   argvec = (struct arg *) alloca (nargs * sizeof (struct arg));
1.1.1.19  root     1566: 
                   1567:   INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (args_so_far, (tree)0);
1.1.1.2   root     1568:   for (count = 0; count < nargs; count++)
                   1569:     {
1.1.1.14  root     1570:       rtx val = va_arg (p, rtx);
                   1571:       enum machine_mode mode = va_arg (p, enum machine_mode);
1.1.1.19  root     1572:       int arg_size;
1.1.1.14  root     1573: 
                   1574:       argvec[count].value = val;
                   1575: 
                   1576:       /* Convert the arg value to the mode the library wants.
                   1577:         Also make sure it is a reasonable operand
                   1578:         for a move or push insn.  */
                   1579:       /* ??? It is wrong to do it here; must do it earlier
                   1580:         where we know the signedness of the arg.  */
1.1.1.21! root     1581: #ifdef GNULIB_NEEDS_DOUBLE
        !          1582:       if (GNULIB_NEEDS_DOUBLE && mode == SFmode)
        !          1583:        mode = DFmode;
        !          1584: #endif
1.1.1.14  root     1585:       if (GET_MODE (val) != mode && GET_MODE (val) != VOIDmode)
                   1586:        {
                   1587:          val = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
1.1.1.16  root     1588:          convert_move (val, argvec[count].value, 0);
1.1.1.14  root     1589:        }
                   1590:       else if (GET_CODE (val) != REG && GET_CODE (val) != MEM
                   1591:               
                   1592:               && ! ((CONSTANT_P (val) || GET_CODE (val) == CONST_DOUBLE)
                   1593:                     && LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (val)))
                   1594:        val = force_operand (val, 0);
                   1595: 
                   1596:       argvec[count].value = val;
                   1597:       argvec[count].mode = mode;
1.1.1.19  root     1598: 
                   1599:       regvec[count] = FUNCTION_ARG (args_so_far, mode, (tree)0, 1);
                   1600: 
                   1601: #ifdef FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS
                   1602:       argvec[count].partial
                   1603:        = FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS (args_so_far, mode, (tree)0, 1);
                   1604: #else
                   1605:       argvec[count].partial = 0;
                   1606: #endif
                   1607: 
                   1608:       FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE (args_so_far, mode, (tree)0, 1);
1.1.1.2   root     1609:     }
                   1610:   va_end (p);
                   1611: 
                   1612:   /* If we have no actual push instructions, make space for all the args
                   1613:      right now.  */
                   1614: #ifndef PUSH_ROUNDING
                   1615:   for (count = 0; count < nargs; count++)
                   1616:     {
                   1617:       register enum machine_mode mode = argvec[count].mode;
1.1.1.19  root     1618:       register rtx reg = regvec[count];
                   1619:       register int partial = argvec[count].partial;
1.1.1.2   root     1620: 
                   1621:       if (reg == 0 || partial != 0)
                   1622:        args_size += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
                   1623:       if (partial != 0)
                   1624:        args_size -= partial * GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode);
                   1625:     }
                   1626: 
                   1627:   if (args_size != 0)
1.1.1.15  root     1628:     {
                   1629: #ifdef STACK_ARGS_ADJUST
1.1.1.16  root     1630:       struct args_size size;
                   1631:       size.constant = args_size;
                   1632:       size.var = 0;
                   1633:       STACK_ARGS_ADJUST (size);
                   1634:       args_size = size.constant;
1.1.1.2   root     1635: #endif
1.1.1.15  root     1636:       argblock
1.1.1.19  root     1637:        = push_block (round_push (gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, args_size)), 0);
1.1.1.15  root     1638:     }
                   1639: #endif /* no PUSH_ROUNDING */
1.1.1.2   root     1640: 
                   1641: #ifdef PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED
                   1642:   inc = -1;
                   1643:   argnum = nargs - 1;
1.1       root     1644: #else
1.1.1.2   root     1645:   inc = 1;
                   1646:   argnum = 0;
1.1       root     1647: #endif
1.1.1.15  root     1648:   args_size = stack_padding;
1.1.1.2   root     1649: 
                   1650:   for (count = 0; count < nargs; count++, argnum += inc)
1.1       root     1651:     {
1.1.1.2   root     1652:       register enum machine_mode mode = argvec[argnum].mode;
                   1653:       register rtx val = argvec[argnum].value;
1.1.1.19  root     1654:       rtx reg = regvec[argnum];
                   1655:       int partial = argvec[argnum].partial;
1.1.1.2   root     1656:       int arg_size;
                   1657: 
                   1658:       if (reg != 0 && partial == 0)
                   1659:        emit_move_insn (reg, val);
                   1660:       else
                   1661:        emit_push_insn (val, mode, 0, 0, partial, reg, 0, argblock,
                   1662:                        gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, args_size));
                   1663: 
                   1664:       /* Compute size of stack space used by this argument.  */
                   1665:       if (reg == 0 || partial != 0)
                   1666:        arg_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
                   1667:       else
                   1668:        arg_size = 0;
                   1669:       if (partial != 0)
                   1670:        arg_size
                   1671:          -= ((partial * UNITS_PER_WORD)
                   1672:              / (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT)
                   1673:              * (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT));
                   1674: 
                   1675:       args_size += arg_size;
1.1.1.19  root     1676: 
1.1.1.9   root     1677:       NO_DEFER_POP;
1.1       root     1678:     }
                   1679: 
1.1.1.17  root     1680:   /* For version 1.37, try deleting this entirely.  */
                   1681:   if (! no_queue)
                   1682:     emit_queue ();
1.1.1.2   root     1683: 
                   1684:   fun = prepare_call_address (fun, 0);
                   1685: 
1.1.1.18  root     1686:   /* Any regs containing parms remain in use through the call.  */
                   1687:   start_sequence ();
1.1.1.2   root     1688:   for (count = 0; count < nargs; count++)
                   1689:     if (regvec[count] != 0)
                   1690:       emit_insn (gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, regvec[count]));
                   1691: 
1.1.1.18  root     1692:   use_insns = gen_sequence ();
                   1693:   end_sequence ();
                   1694: 
1.1.1.2   root     1695: #ifdef STACK_BOUNDARY
                   1696:   args_size = (args_size + STACK_BYTES - 1) / STACK_BYTES * STACK_BYTES;
                   1697: #endif
                   1698: 
1.1.1.3   root     1699:   /* Don't allow popping to be deferred, since then
                   1700:      cse'ing of library calls could delete a call and leave the pop.  */
1.1.1.9   root     1701:   NO_DEFER_POP;
1.1.1.2   root     1702:   emit_call_1 (fun, get_identifier (XSTR (orgfun, 0)), args_size,
                   1703:               FUNCTION_ARG (args_so_far, VOIDmode, void_type_node, 1),
                   1704:               outmode != VOIDmode ? hard_libcall_value (outmode) : 0,
1.1.1.18  root     1705:               old_inhibit_defer_pop + 1, use_insns);
1.1.1.9   root     1706:   OK_DEFER_POP;
1.1       root     1707: }
                   1708: 
                   1709: /* Expand an assignment that stores the value of FROM into TO.
1.1.1.2   root     1710:    If WANT_VALUE is nonzero, return an rtx for the value of TO.
                   1711:    (This may contain a QUEUED rtx.)
                   1712:    Otherwise, the returned value is not meaningful.
                   1713: 
                   1714:    SUGGEST_REG is no longer actually used.
                   1715:    It used to mean, copy the value through a register
                   1716:    and return that register, if that is possible.
                   1717:    But now we do this if WANT_VALUE.
                   1718: 
                   1719:    If the value stored is a constant, we return the constant.  */
1.1       root     1720: 
                   1721: rtx
1.1.1.2   root     1722: expand_assignment (to, from, want_value, suggest_reg)
1.1       root     1723:      tree to, from;
1.1.1.2   root     1724:      int want_value;
                   1725:      int suggest_reg;
1.1       root     1726: {
                   1727:   register rtx to_rtx = 0;
                   1728: 
                   1729:   /* Don't crash if the lhs of the assignment was erroneous.  */
                   1730: 
                   1731:   if (TREE_CODE (to) == ERROR_MARK)
                   1732:     return expand_expr (from, 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   1733: 
                   1734:   /* Assignment of a structure component needs special treatment
1.1.1.2   root     1735:      if the structure component's rtx is not simply a MEM.
                   1736:      Assignment of an array element at a constant index
                   1737:      has the same problem.  */
                   1738: 
                   1739:   if (TREE_CODE (to) == COMPONENT_REF
                   1740:       || (TREE_CODE (to) == ARRAY_REF
                   1741:          && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (to, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
                   1742:          && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (to))) == INTEGER_CST))
1.1       root     1743:     {
1.1.1.2   root     1744:       register enum machine_mode mode1;
                   1745:       int bitsize;
1.1       root     1746:       int volstruct = 0;
1.1.1.2   root     1747:       tree tem = to;
                   1748:       int bitpos = 0;
                   1749:       int unsignedp;
1.1       root     1750: 
1.1.1.2   root     1751:       if (TREE_CODE (to) == COMPONENT_REF)
1.1       root     1752:        {
                   1753:          tree field = TREE_OPERAND (to, 1);
1.1.1.2   root     1754:          bitsize = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (field)) * DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field);
                   1755:          mode1 = DECL_MODE (TREE_OPERAND (to, 1));
                   1756:          unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (field);
1.1       root     1757:        }
1.1.1.2   root     1758:       else
1.1       root     1759:        {
1.1.1.2   root     1760:          mode1 = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (to));
                   1761:          bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode1);
                   1762:          unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (to));
1.1       root     1763:        }
                   1764: 
1.1.1.2   root     1765:       /* Compute cumulative bit-offset for nested component-refs
                   1766:         and array-refs, and find the ultimate containing object.  */
1.1       root     1767: 
1.1.1.2   root     1768:       while (1)
1.1       root     1769:        {
1.1.1.2   root     1770:          if (TREE_CODE (tem) == COMPONENT_REF)
                   1771:            {
                   1772:              bitpos += DECL_OFFSET (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 1));
                   1773:              if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tem))
                   1774:                volstruct = 1;
                   1775:            }
                   1776:          else if (TREE_CODE (tem) == ARRAY_REF
                   1777:                   && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
                   1778:                   && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (tem))) == INTEGER_CST)
                   1779:            {
                   1780:              bitpos += (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 1))
                   1781:                         * TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (tem)))
                   1782:                         * TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (tem)));
1.1.1.19  root     1783:              if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tem))
                   1784:                volstruct = 1;
1.1.1.2   root     1785:            }
                   1786:          else
                   1787:            break;
                   1788:          tem = TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0);
1.1       root     1789:        }
1.1.1.17  root     1790:       /* TEM is now the containing data object.  */
1.1       root     1791: 
1.1.1.2   root     1792:       /* If we are going to use store_bit_field and extract_bit_field,
                   1793:         make sure to_rtx will be safe for multiple use.  */
                   1794:       if (mode1 == BImode && want_value)
                   1795:        tem = stabilize_reference (tem);
1.1       root     1796: 
1.1.1.2   root     1797:       to_rtx = expand_expr (tem, 0, VOIDmode, 0);
1.1.1.19  root     1798:       if (volstruct)
                   1799:        {
                   1800:          if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM)
                   1801:            MEM_VOLATILE_P (to_rtx) = 1;
                   1802:          else
                   1803:            abort ();
                   1804:        }
1.1.1.2   root     1805: 
                   1806:       return store_field (to_rtx, bitsize, bitpos, mode1, from,
1.1.1.10  root     1807:                          (want_value
                   1808:                           /* Spurious cast makes HPUX compiler happy.  */
                   1809:                           ? (enum machine_mode) TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (to))
                   1810:                           : VOIDmode),
1.1.1.14  root     1811:                          unsignedp,
1.1.1.17  root     1812:                          /* Required alignment of containing datum.  */
1.1.1.19  root     1813:                          TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (tem)) / BITS_PER_UNIT,
                   1814:                          int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (tem)));
1.1       root     1815:     }
                   1816: 
                   1817:   /* Ordinary treatment.  Expand TO to get a REG or MEM rtx.
                   1818:      Don't re-expand if it was expanded already (in COMPONENT_REF case).  */
                   1819: 
                   1820:   if (to_rtx == 0)
                   1821:     to_rtx = expand_expr (to, 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   1822: 
                   1823:   /* Compute FROM and store the value in the rtx we got.  */
                   1824: 
1.1.1.2   root     1825:   return store_expr (from, to_rtx, want_value);
1.1       root     1826: }
                   1827: 
                   1828: /* Generate code for computing expression EXP,
1.1.1.2   root     1829:    and storing the value into TARGET.
                   1830:    Returns TARGET or an equivalent value.
                   1831:    TARGET may contain a QUEUED rtx.
1.1       root     1832: 
1.1.1.2   root     1833:    If SUGGEST_REG is nonzero, copy the value through a register
                   1834:    and return that register, if that is possible.
                   1835: 
                   1836:    If the value stored is a constant, we return the constant.  */
                   1837: 
                   1838: rtx
                   1839: store_expr (exp, target, suggest_reg)
1.1       root     1840:      register tree exp;
                   1841:      register rtx target;
1.1.1.2   root     1842:      int suggest_reg;
1.1       root     1843: {
1.1.1.2   root     1844:   register rtx temp;
                   1845:   int dont_return_target = 0;
                   1846: 
                   1847:   /* Copying a non-constant CONSTRUCTOR needs special treatment.  */
                   1848: 
                   1849:   if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR && ! TREE_LITERAL (exp))
                   1850:     {
                   1851:       store_constructor (exp, target);
                   1852:       return target;
                   1853:     }
                   1854: 
                   1855:   if (suggest_reg && GET_CODE (target) == MEM && GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode)
                   1856:     /* If target is in memory and caller wants value in a register instead,
                   1857:        arrange that.  Pass TARGET as target for expand_expr so that,
                   1858:        if EXP is another assignment, SUGGEST_REG will be nonzero for it.
                   1859:        We know expand_expr will not use the target in that case.  */
                   1860:     {
                   1861:       temp = expand_expr (exp, cse_not_expected ? 0 : target,
                   1862:                          GET_MODE (target), 0);
                   1863:       if (GET_MODE (temp) != BLKmode && GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode)
                   1864:        temp = copy_to_reg (temp);
                   1865:       dont_return_target = 1;
                   1866:     }
                   1867:   else if (queued_subexp_p (target))
                   1868:     /* If target contains a postincrement, it is not safe
                   1869:        to use as the returned value.  It would access the wrong
                   1870:        place by the time the queued increment gets output.
                   1871:        So copy the value through a temporary and use that temp
                   1872:        as the result.  */
                   1873:     {
                   1874:       temp = expand_expr (exp, 0, GET_MODE (target), 0);
                   1875:       if (GET_MODE (temp) != BLKmode && GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode)
                   1876:        temp = copy_to_reg (temp);
                   1877:       dont_return_target = 1;
                   1878:     }
                   1879:   else
                   1880:     {
                   1881:       temp = expand_expr (exp, target, GET_MODE (target), 0);
                   1882:       /* DO return TARGET if it's a specified hardware register.
                   1883:         expand_return relies on this.  */
                   1884:       if (!(target && GET_CODE (target) == REG
                   1885:            && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   1886:          && (CONSTANT_P (temp) || GET_CODE (temp) == CONST_DOUBLE))
                   1887:        dont_return_target = 1;
                   1888:     }
                   1889: 
1.1.1.12  root     1890:   /* If value was not generated in the target, store it there.
                   1891:      Convert the value to TARGET's type first if nec.  */
1.1.1.2   root     1892: 
1.1       root     1893:   if (temp != target && TREE_CODE (exp) != ERROR_MARK)
                   1894:     {
                   1895:       target = protect_from_queue (target, 1);
                   1896:       if (GET_MODE (temp) != GET_MODE (target)
                   1897:          && GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode)
1.1.1.2   root     1898:        {
                   1899:          int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp));
                   1900:          if (dont_return_target)
1.1.1.12  root     1901:            {
                   1902:              /* In this case, we will return TEMP,
                   1903:                 so make sure it has the proper mode.
                   1904:                 But don't forget to store the value into TARGET.  */
                   1905:              temp = convert_to_mode (GET_MODE (target), temp, unsignedp);
                   1906:              emit_move_insn (target, temp);
                   1907:            }
1.1.1.2   root     1908:          else
                   1909:            convert_move (target, temp, unsignedp);
                   1910:        }
                   1911: 
1.1       root     1912:       else if (GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode)
                   1913:        emit_block_move (target, temp, expr_size (exp),
                   1914:                         TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
                   1915:       else
                   1916:        emit_move_insn (target, temp);
                   1917:     }
1.1.1.2   root     1918:   if (dont_return_target)
                   1919:     return temp;
1.1       root     1920:   return target;
                   1921: }
                   1922: 
1.1.1.2   root     1923: /* Store the value of constructor EXP into the rtx TARGET.
                   1924:    TARGET is either a REG or a MEM.  */
1.1       root     1925: 
1.1.1.2   root     1926: static void
                   1927: store_constructor (exp, target)
                   1928:      tree exp;
                   1929:      rtx target;
1.1       root     1930: {
1.1.1.7   root     1931:   /* Don't try copying piece by piece into a hard register
                   1932:      since that is vulnerable to being clobbered by EXP.
                   1933:      Instead, construct in a pseudo register and then copy it all.  */
                   1934:   if (GET_CODE (target) == REG && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   1935:     {
                   1936:       rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (target));
                   1937:       store_constructor (exp, temp);
                   1938:       emit_move_insn (target, temp);
                   1939:       return;
                   1940:     }
                   1941: 
1.1.1.2   root     1942:   if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == RECORD_TYPE)
1.1       root     1943:     {
1.1.1.2   root     1944:       register tree elt;
1.1       root     1945: 
1.1.1.2   root     1946:       /* If the constructor has fewer fields than the structure,
                   1947:         clear the whole structure first.  */
1.1       root     1948: 
1.1.1.2   root     1949:       if (list_length (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp))
                   1950:          != list_length (TYPE_FIELDS (TREE_TYPE (exp))))
                   1951:        clear_storage (target, int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
                   1952:       else
                   1953:        /* Inform later passes that the old value is dead.  */
                   1954:        emit_insn (gen_rtx (CLOBBER, VOIDmode, target));
                   1955: 
                   1956:       /* Store each element of the constructor into
                   1957:         the corresponding field of TARGET.  */
                   1958: 
                   1959:       for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt))
                   1960:        {
                   1961:          register tree field = TREE_PURPOSE (elt);
                   1962:          register enum machine_mode mode;
                   1963:          int bitsize;
                   1964:          int bitpos;
                   1965:          int unsignedp;
                   1966: 
                   1967:          bitsize = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (field)) * DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field);
                   1968:          mode = DECL_MODE (field);
                   1969:          unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (field);
                   1970: 
                   1971:          bitpos = DECL_OFFSET (field);
                   1972: 
                   1973:          store_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, TREE_VALUE (elt),
1.1.1.15  root     1974:                       /* The alignment of TARGET is
                   1975:                          at least what its type requires.  */
1.1.1.17  root     1976:                       VOIDmode, 0,
1.1.1.19  root     1977:                       TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT,
                   1978:                       int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
1.1.1.2   root     1979:        }
                   1980:     }
                   1981:   else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == ARRAY_TYPE)
                   1982:     {
                   1983:       register tree elt;
                   1984:       register int i;
                   1985:       tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (exp));
                   1986:       int minelt = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain));
                   1987:       int maxelt = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain));
                   1988:       tree elttype = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp));
                   1989: 
                   1990:       /* If the constructor has fewer fields than the structure,
                   1991:         clear the whole structure first.  */
                   1992: 
                   1993:       if (list_length (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)) < maxelt - minelt + 1)
                   1994:        clear_storage (target, maxelt - minelt + 1);
                   1995:       else
                   1996:        /* Inform later passes that the old value is dead.  */
                   1997:        emit_insn (gen_rtx (CLOBBER, VOIDmode, target));
                   1998: 
                   1999:       /* Store each element of the constructor into
                   2000:         the corresponding element of TARGET, determined
                   2001:         by counting the elements.  */
                   2002:       for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), i = 0;
                   2003:           elt;
                   2004:           elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt), i++)
                   2005:        {
                   2006:          register enum machine_mode mode;
                   2007:          int bitsize;
                   2008:          int bitpos;
                   2009:          int unsignedp;
                   2010: 
                   2011:          mode = TYPE_MODE (elttype);
                   2012:          bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
                   2013:          unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (elttype);
                   2014: 
                   2015:          bitpos = (i * TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (elttype))
                   2016:                    * TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (elttype));
                   2017: 
                   2018:          store_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, TREE_VALUE (elt),
1.1.1.15  root     2019:                       /* The alignment of TARGET is
                   2020:                          at least what its type requires.  */
1.1.1.17  root     2021:                       VOIDmode, 0,
1.1.1.19  root     2022:                       TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT,
                   2023:                       int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
1.1.1.2   root     2024:        }
                   2025:     }
                   2026: }
                   2027: 
                   2028: /* Store the value of EXP (an expression tree)
                   2029:    into a subfield of TARGET which has mode MODE and occupies
                   2030:    BITSIZE bits, starting BITPOS bits from the start of TARGET.
                   2031: 
                   2032:    If VALUE_MODE is VOIDmode, return nothing in particular.
                   2033:    UNSIGNEDP is not used in this case.
                   2034: 
                   2035:    Otherwise, return an rtx for the value stored.  This rtx
                   2036:    has mode VALUE_MODE if that is convenient to do.
1.1.1.14  root     2037:    In this case, UNSIGNEDP must be nonzero if the value is an unsigned type.
                   2038: 
1.1.1.19  root     2039:    ALIGN is the alignment that TARGET is known to have, measured in bytes.
                   2040:    TOTAL_SIZE is its size in bytes, or -1 if variable.  */
1.1.1.2   root     2041: 
                   2042: static rtx
1.1.1.19  root     2043: store_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, exp, value_mode, unsignedp, align,
                   2044:             total_size)
1.1.1.2   root     2045:      rtx target;
                   2046:      int bitsize, bitpos;
                   2047:      enum machine_mode mode;
                   2048:      tree exp;
                   2049:      enum machine_mode value_mode;
                   2050:      int unsignedp;
1.1.1.14  root     2051:      int align;
1.1.1.19  root     2052:      int total_size;
1.1.1.2   root     2053: {
                   2054:   /* If the structure is in a register or if the component
                   2055:      is a bit field, we cannot use addressing to access it.
                   2056:      Use bit-field techniques or SUBREG to store in it.  */
                   2057: 
                   2058:   if (mode == BImode || GET_CODE (target) == REG
                   2059:       || GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG)
                   2060:     {
                   2061:       store_bit_field (target, bitsize, bitpos,
                   2062:                       mode,
1.1.1.14  root     2063:                       expand_expr (exp, 0, VOIDmode, 0),
1.1.1.19  root     2064:                       align, total_size);
1.1.1.2   root     2065:       if (value_mode != VOIDmode)
                   2066:        return extract_bit_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, unsignedp,
1.1.1.19  root     2067:                                  0, value_mode, 0, align, total_size);
1.1.1.2   root     2068:       return const0_rtx;
                   2069:     }
                   2070:   else
                   2071:     {
                   2072:       rtx addr = XEXP (target, 0);
                   2073:       rtx to_rtx;
                   2074: 
                   2075:       /* If a value is wanted, it must be the lhs;
                   2076:         so make the address stable for multiple use.  */
                   2077: 
                   2078:       if (value_mode != VOIDmode && GET_CODE (addr) != REG
                   2079:          && ! CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (addr))
                   2080:        addr = copy_to_reg (addr);
                   2081: 
                   2082:       /* Now build a reference to just the desired component.  */
                   2083: 
                   2084:       to_rtx = change_address (target, mode,
                   2085:                               plus_constant (addr,
                   2086:                                              (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)));
1.1.1.10  root     2087:       MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (to_rtx) = 1;
1.1.1.2   root     2088: 
                   2089:       return store_expr (exp, to_rtx, value_mode != VOIDmode);
                   2090:     }
                   2091: }
                   2092: 
                   2093: /* Given an rtx VALUE that may contain additions and multiplications,
                   2094:    return an equivalent value that just refers to a register or memory.
                   2095:    This is done by generating instructions to perform the arithmetic
                   2096:    and returning a pseudo-register containing the value.  */
                   2097: 
                   2098: rtx
                   2099: force_operand (value, target)
                   2100:      rtx value, target;
                   2101: {
                   2102:   register optab binoptab = 0;
                   2103:   register rtx op2;
                   2104:   /* Use subtarget as the target for operand 0 of a binary operation.  */
                   2105:   register rtx subtarget = (target != 0 && GET_CODE (target) == REG ? target : 0);
                   2106: 
                   2107:   if (GET_CODE (value) == PLUS)
                   2108:     binoptab = add_optab;
                   2109:   else if (GET_CODE (value) == MINUS)
                   2110:     binoptab = sub_optab;
                   2111:   else if (GET_CODE (value) == MULT)
                   2112:     {
                   2113:       op2 = XEXP (value, 1);
                   2114:       if (!CONSTANT_P (op2)
                   2115:          && !(GET_CODE (op2) == REG && op2 != subtarget))
                   2116:        subtarget = 0;
                   2117:       return expand_mult (GET_MODE (value),
                   2118:                          force_operand (XEXP (value, 0), subtarget),
                   2119:                          force_operand (op2, 0),
                   2120:                          target, 0);
                   2121:     }
                   2122: 
                   2123:   if (binoptab)
                   2124:     {
                   2125:       op2 = XEXP (value, 1);
                   2126:       if (!CONSTANT_P (op2)
                   2127:          && !(GET_CODE (op2) == REG && op2 != subtarget))
                   2128:        subtarget = 0;
                   2129:       if (binoptab == sub_optab
                   2130:          && GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (op2) < 0)
                   2131:        {
                   2132:          binoptab = add_optab;
                   2133:          op2 = gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, - INTVAL (op2));
                   2134:        }
                   2135:       return expand_binop (GET_MODE (value), binoptab,
                   2136:                           force_operand (XEXP (value, 0), subtarget),
                   2137:                           force_operand (op2, 0),
                   2138:                           target, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
                   2139:       /* We give UNSIGNEP = 0 to expand_binop
                   2140:         because the only operations we are expanding here are signed ones.  */
                   2141:     }
                   2142:   return value;
                   2143: }
                   2144: 
                   2145: /* expand_expr: generate code for computing expression EXP.
1.1.1.14  root     2146:    An rtx for the computed value is returned.  The value is never null.
                   2147:    In the case of a void EXP, const0_rtx is returned.
1.1.1.2   root     2148: 
                   2149:    The value may be stored in TARGET if TARGET is nonzero.
1.1       root     2150:    TARGET is just a suggestion; callers must assume that
                   2151:    the rtx returned may not be the same as TARGET.
                   2152: 
1.1.1.2   root     2153:    If TARGET is CONST0_RTX, it means that the value will be ignored.
                   2154: 
1.1       root     2155:    If TMODE is not VOIDmode, it suggests generating the
                   2156:    result in mode TMODE.  But this is done only when convenient.
                   2157:    Otherwise, TMODE is ignored and the value generated in its natural mode.
                   2158:    TMODE is just a suggestion; callers must assume that
                   2159:    the rtx returned may not have mode TMODE.
                   2160: 
1.1.1.2   root     2161:    If MODIFIER is EXPAND_SUM then when EXP is an addition
1.1       root     2162:    we can return an rtx of the form (MULT (REG ...) (CONST_INT ...))
                   2163:    or a nest of (PLUS ...) and (MINUS ...) where the terms are
                   2164:    products as above, or REG or MEM, or constant.
1.1.1.2   root     2165:    Ordinarily in such cases we would output mul or add instructions
                   2166:    and then return a pseudo reg containing the sum.
                   2167: 
                   2168:    If MODIFIER is EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS then it is ok to return
                   2169:    a MEM rtx whose address is a constant that isn't a legitimate address.  */
1.1       root     2170: 
                   2171: /* Subroutine of expand_expr:
1.1.1.13  root     2172:    save the non-copied parts (LIST) of an expr (LHS), and return a list
                   2173:    which can restore these values to their previous values,
                   2174:    should something modify their storage.  */
                   2175: static tree
                   2176: save_noncopied_parts (lhs, list)
                   2177:      tree lhs;
                   2178:      tree list;
                   2179: {
                   2180:   tree tail;
                   2181:   tree parts = 0;
                   2182: 
                   2183:   for (tail = list; tail; tail = TREE_CHAIN (tail))
                   2184:     if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (tail)) == TREE_LIST)
                   2185:       parts = chainon (parts, save_noncopied_parts (TREE_VALUE (tail)));
                   2186:     else
                   2187:       {
                   2188:        tree part = TREE_VALUE (tail);
                   2189:        tree part_type = TREE_TYPE (part);
                   2190:        parts = tree_cons (save_expr (build_component_ref (lhs, part, parts, 0)),
                   2191:                           build_nt (RTL_EXPR, 0, (tree) assign_stack_local (TYPE_MODE (part_type), int_size_in_bytes (part_type))),
                   2192:                           parts);
                   2193:        store_expr (TREE_PURPOSE (parts), RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_VALUE (parts)), 0);
                   2194:       }
                   2195:   return parts;
                   2196: }
                   2197: 
                   2198: /* Subroutine of expand_expr:
1.1       root     2199:    return the target to use when recursively expanding
                   2200:    the first operand of an arithmetic operation.  */
                   2201: 
                   2202: static rtx
                   2203: validate_subtarget (subtarget, otherop)
                   2204:      rtx subtarget;
                   2205:      tree otherop;
                   2206: {
                   2207:   if (TREE_LITERAL (otherop))
                   2208:     return subtarget;
                   2209:   if (TREE_CODE (otherop) == VAR_DECL
                   2210:       && DECL_RTL (otherop) != subtarget)
                   2211:     return subtarget;
                   2212:   return 0;
                   2213: }
                   2214: 
                   2215: rtx
1.1.1.2   root     2216: expand_expr (exp, target, tmode, modifier)
1.1       root     2217:      register tree exp;
                   2218:      rtx target;
                   2219:      enum machine_mode tmode;
1.1.1.2   root     2220:      enum expand_modifier modifier;
1.1       root     2221: {
                   2222:   register rtx op0, op1, temp;
                   2223:   tree type = TREE_TYPE (exp);
                   2224:   register enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (type);
                   2225:   register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp);
1.1.1.2   root     2226:   optab this_optab;
1.1       root     2227:   int negate_1;
                   2228:   /* Use subtarget as the target for operand 0 of a binary operation.  */
                   2229:   rtx subtarget = (target != 0 && GET_CODE (target) == REG ? target : 0);
1.1.1.2   root     2230:   rtx original_target = target;
                   2231:   int ignore = target == const0_rtx;
                   2232: 
1.1.1.7   root     2233:   /* Don't use hard regs as subtargets, because the combiner
                   2234:      can only handle pseudo regs.  */
                   2235:   if (subtarget && REGNO (subtarget) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   2236:     subtarget = 0;
1.1.1.17  root     2237:   /* Avoid subtargets inside loops,
                   2238:      since they hide some invariant expressions.  */
                   2239:   if (optimize && inside_loop ())
                   2240:     subtarget = 0;
1.1.1.7   root     2241: 
1.1.1.2   root     2242:   if (ignore) target = 0, original_target = 0;
1.1       root     2243: 
                   2244:   /* If will do cse, generate all results into registers
                   2245:      since 1) that allows cse to find more things
                   2246:      and 2) otherwise cse could produce an insn the machine
                   2247:      cannot support.  */
                   2248: 
                   2249:   if (! cse_not_expected && mode != BLKmode)
                   2250:     target = subtarget;
                   2251: 
1.1.1.2   root     2252:   /* No sense saving up arithmetic to be done
                   2253:      if it's all in the wrong mode to form part of an address.
                   2254:      And force_operand won't know whether to sign-extend or zero-extend.  */
                   2255: 
                   2256:   if (mode != Pmode && modifier == EXPAND_SUM)
1.1.1.6   root     2257:     modifier = EXPAND_NORMAL;
1.1.1.2   root     2258: 
1.1.1.19  root     2259:   /* Ensure we reference a volatile object even if value is ignored.  */
                   2260:   if (ignore && TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp)
                   2261:       && mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode)
                   2262:     {
                   2263:       target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
                   2264:       temp = expand_expr (exp, target, VOIDmode, modifier);
                   2265:       if (temp != target)
                   2266:        emit_move_insn (target, temp);
                   2267:       return target;
                   2268:     }
                   2269: 
1.1       root     2270:   switch (code)
                   2271:     {
1.1.1.4   root     2272:     case PARM_DECL:
                   2273:       if (DECL_RTL (exp) == 0)
                   2274:        {
                   2275:          error_with_decl (exp, "prior parameter's size depends on `%s'");
                   2276:          return const0_rtx;
                   2277:        }
                   2278: 
1.1       root     2279:     case FUNCTION_DECL:
                   2280:     case VAR_DECL:
                   2281:     case RESULT_DECL:
                   2282:       if (DECL_RTL (exp) == 0)
                   2283:        abort ();
1.1.1.14  root     2284:       /* This is the case of an array whose size is to be determined
                   2285:         from its initializer, while the initializer is still being parsed.
                   2286:         See expand_decl.  */
                   2287:       if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM
                   2288:          && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)) == REG)
1.1.1.16  root     2289:        return change_address (DECL_RTL (exp), GET_MODE (DECL_RTL (exp)),
1.1.1.14  root     2290:                               XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0));
1.1.1.2   root     2291:       if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM
                   2292:          && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS)
                   2293:        {
                   2294:          /* DECL_RTL probably contains a constant address.
                   2295:             On RISC machines where a constant address isn't valid,
                   2296:             make some insns to get that address into a register.  */
1.1.1.7   root     2297:          if (!memory_address_p (DECL_MODE (exp), XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0))
                   2298:              || (flag_force_addr
                   2299:                  && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0))))
1.1.1.2   root     2300:            return change_address (DECL_RTL (exp), VOIDmode,
                   2301:                                   copy_rtx (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)));
                   2302:        }
1.1       root     2303:       return DECL_RTL (exp);
                   2304: 
                   2305:     case INTEGER_CST:
1.1.1.7   root     2306:       if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_INT)
                   2307:        return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (exp));
1.1.1.8   root     2308:       /* Generate immediate CONST_DOUBLE
1.1.1.7   root     2309:         which will be turned into memory by reload if necessary.  */
1.1.1.8   root     2310:       return immed_double_const (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (exp),
                   2311:                                 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (exp),
                   2312:                                 mode);
1.1       root     2313: 
                   2314:     case CONST_DECL:
                   2315:       return expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (exp), target, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2316: 
                   2317:     case REAL_CST:
1.1.1.7   root     2318:       /* If optimized, generate immediate CONST_DOUBLE
                   2319:         which will be turned into memory by reload if necessary.  */
1.1       root     2320:       if (!cse_not_expected)
                   2321:        return immed_real_const (exp);
                   2322:     case COMPLEX_CST:
                   2323:     case STRING_CST:
1.1.1.8   root     2324:       if (! TREE_CST_RTL (exp))
                   2325:        output_constant_def (exp);
                   2326: 
                   2327:       /* TREE_CST_RTL probably contains a constant address.
                   2328:         On RISC machines where a constant address isn't valid,
                   2329:         make some insns to get that address into a register.  */
                   2330:       if (GET_CODE (TREE_CST_RTL (exp)) == MEM
                   2331:          && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS
                   2332:          && !memory_address_p (mode, XEXP (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), 0)))
                   2333:        return change_address (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), VOIDmode,
                   2334:                               copy_rtx (XEXP (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), 0)));
1.1       root     2335:       return TREE_CST_RTL (exp);
                   2336: 
                   2337:     case SAVE_EXPR:
                   2338:       if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) == 0)
                   2339:        {
1.1.1.5   root     2340:          rtx reg = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
                   2341:          SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) = reg;
                   2342:          store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), reg, 0);
                   2343:          if (!optimize)
                   2344:            save_expr_regs = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode, reg,
                   2345:                                      save_expr_regs);
1.1       root     2346:        }
1.1.1.2   root     2347:       /* Don't let the same rtl node appear in two places.  */
1.1       root     2348:       return SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp);
                   2349: 
1.1.1.17  root     2350:     case LET_STMT:
                   2351:       TREE_USED (exp) = 1;
                   2352:       temp = expand_expr (STMT_BODY (exp), target, tmode, modifier);
                   2353:       return temp;
                   2354: 
1.1.1.2   root     2355:     case RTL_EXPR:
1.1.1.10  root     2356:       if (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp) == const0_rtx)
                   2357:        abort ();
                   2358:       emit_insns (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp));
                   2359:       RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp) = const0_rtx;
1.1.1.2   root     2360:       return RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp);
                   2361: 
                   2362:     case CONSTRUCTOR:
                   2363:       /* All elts simple constants => refer to a constant in memory.  */
                   2364:       if (TREE_STATIC (exp))
                   2365:        /* For aggregate types with non-BLKmode modes,
                   2366:           this should ideally construct a CONST_INT.  */
1.1.1.14  root     2367:        {
                   2368:          rtx constructor = output_constant_def (exp);
                   2369:          if (! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (constructor),
                   2370:                                  XEXP (constructor, 0)))
                   2371:            constructor = change_address (constructor, VOIDmode,
                   2372:                                          XEXP (constructor, 0));
                   2373:          return constructor;
                   2374:        }
1.1.1.2   root     2375: 
                   2376:       if (ignore)
                   2377:        {
                   2378:          tree elt;
                   2379:          for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt))
                   2380:            expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (elt), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2381:          return const0_rtx;
                   2382:        }
                   2383:       else
                   2384:        {
                   2385:          if (target == 0)
1.1.1.19  root     2386:            target
                   2387:              = assign_stack_local (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
                   2388:                                    int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
1.1.1.2   root     2389:          store_expr (exp, target, 0);
                   2390:          return target;
                   2391:        }
                   2392: 
1.1       root     2393:     case INDIRECT_REF:
                   2394:       {
                   2395:        tree exp1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
                   2396:        tree exp2;
                   2397: 
                   2398:        /* A SAVE_EXPR as the address in an INDIRECT_EXPR is generated
                   2399:           for  *PTR += ANYTHING  where PTR is put inside the SAVE_EXPR.
                   2400:           This code has the same general effect as simply doing
                   2401:           expand_expr on the save expr, except that the expression PTR
                   2402:           is computed for use as a memory address.  This means different
                   2403:           code, suitable for indexing, may be generated.  */
                   2404:        if (TREE_CODE (exp1) == SAVE_EXPR
                   2405:            && SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp1) == 0
                   2406:            && TREE_CODE (exp2 = TREE_OPERAND (exp1, 0)) != ERROR_MARK
                   2407:            && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp1)) == Pmode
                   2408:            && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp2)) == Pmode)
                   2409:          {
1.1.1.2   root     2410:            temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp1, 0), 0, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM);
1.1       root     2411:            op0 = memory_address (mode, temp);
                   2412:            op0 = copy_all_regs (op0);
                   2413:            SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp1) = op0;
                   2414:          }
                   2415:        else
                   2416:          {
1.1.1.2   root     2417:            op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM);
1.1       root     2418:            op0 = memory_address (mode, op0);
                   2419:          }
                   2420:       }
                   2421:       temp = gen_rtx (MEM, mode, op0);
1.1.1.2   root     2422:       /* If address was computed by addition,
                   2423:         mark this as an element of an aggregate.  */
                   2424:       if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == PLUS_EXPR
                   2425:          || (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == SAVE_EXPR
                   2426:              && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) == PLUS_EXPR))
1.1.1.10  root     2427:        MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (temp) = 1;
1.1.1.13  root     2428:       MEM_VOLATILE_P (temp) = TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp) || flag_volatile;
1.1.1.10  root     2429:       RTX_UNCHANGING_P (temp) = TREE_READONLY (exp);
1.1.1.2   root     2430:       return temp;
                   2431: 
                   2432:     case ARRAY_REF:
                   2433:       if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) != INTEGER_CST
                   2434:          || TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) != INTEGER_CST)
                   2435:        {
                   2436:          /* Nonconstant array index or nonconstant element size.
                   2437:             Generate the tree for *(&array+index) and expand that,
                   2438:             except do it in a language-independent way
                   2439:             and don't complain about non-lvalue arrays.
                   2440:             `mark_addressable' should already have been called
                   2441:             for any array for which this case will be reached.  */
                   2442: 
1.1.1.19  root     2443:          /* Don't forget the const or volatile flag from the array element. */
                   2444:          tree variant_type = build_type_variant (type,
                   2445:                                                  TREE_READONLY (exp),
                   2446:                                                  TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp));
1.1.1.21! root     2447:          tree array_adr = build (ADDR_EXPR, build_pointer_type (variant_type),
1.1.1.2   root     2448:                                  TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
                   2449:          tree index = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
                   2450:          tree elt;
                   2451: 
                   2452:          /* Convert the integer argument to a type the same size as a pointer
                   2453:             so the multiply won't overflow spuriously.  */
                   2454:          if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (index)) != POINTER_SIZE)
                   2455:            index = convert (type_for_size (POINTER_SIZE, 0), index);
                   2456: 
                   2457:          /* The array address isn't volatile even if the array is.  */
                   2458:          TREE_VOLATILE (array_adr) = 0;
                   2459: 
                   2460:          elt = build (INDIRECT_REF, type,
1.1.1.19  root     2461:                       fold (build (PLUS_EXPR, TYPE_POINTER_TO (variant_type),
1.1.1.2   root     2462:                                    array_adr,
                   2463:                                    fold (build (MULT_EXPR,
1.1.1.19  root     2464:                                                 TYPE_POINTER_TO (variant_type),
1.1.1.2   root     2465:                                                 index, size_in_bytes (type))))));
                   2466: 
                   2467:          return expand_expr (elt, target, tmode, modifier);
                   2468:        }
1.1.1.13  root     2469: 
1.1.1.17  root     2470:       /* Fold an expression like: "foo"[2].
                   2471:         This is not done in fold so it won't happen inside &.  */
                   2472:       {
                   2473:        int i;
                   2474:        tree arg0 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
                   2475:        tree arg1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
                   2476: 
                   2477:        if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == STRING_CST
                   2478:            && TREE_CODE (arg1) == INTEGER_CST
                   2479:            && !TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (arg1)
                   2480:            && (i = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (arg1)) < TREE_STRING_LENGTH (arg0))
                   2481:          {
                   2482:            if (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (arg0)) == integer_type_node)
                   2483:              {
                   2484:                exp = build_int_2 (((int *)TREE_STRING_POINTER (arg0))[i], 0);
                   2485:                TREE_TYPE (exp) = integer_type_node;
                   2486:                return expand_expr (exp, target, tmode, modifier);
                   2487:              }
                   2488:            if (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (arg0)) == char_type_node)
                   2489:              {
                   2490:                exp = build_int_2 (TREE_STRING_POINTER (arg0)[i], 0);
                   2491:                TREE_TYPE (exp) = integer_type_node;
                   2492:                return expand_expr (convert (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (arg0)), exp), target, tmode, modifier);
                   2493:              }
                   2494:          }
                   2495:       }
                   2496: 
1.1.1.13  root     2497:       /* If this is a constant index into a constant array,
                   2498:         just get the value from the array.  */
                   2499:       if (TREE_READONLY (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))
                   2500:          && ! TREE_VOLATILE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))
                   2501:          && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == ARRAY_TYPE
                   2502:          && TREE_LITERAL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))
                   2503:          && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == VAR_DECL
1.1.1.15  root     2504:          && DECL_INITIAL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))
                   2505:          && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) != ERROR_MARK)
1.1.1.13  root     2506:        {
                   2507:          tree index = fold (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
                   2508:          if (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST)
                   2509:            {
                   2510:              int i = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index);
                   2511:              tree init = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (DECL_INITIAL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
                   2512: 
                   2513:              while (init && i--)
                   2514:                init = TREE_CHAIN (init);
                   2515:              if (init)
                   2516:                return expand_expr (fold (TREE_VALUE (init)), target, tmode, modifier);
                   2517:            }
                   2518:        }
1.1.1.2   root     2519:       /* Treat array-ref with constant index as a component-ref.  */
1.1       root     2520: 
                   2521:     case COMPONENT_REF:
                   2522:       {
1.1.1.2   root     2523:        register enum machine_mode mode1;
1.1       root     2524:        int volstruct = 0;
1.1.1.2   root     2525:        int bitsize;
                   2526:        tree tem = exp;
                   2527:        int bitpos = 0;
                   2528:        int unsignedp;
1.1       root     2529: 
1.1.1.2   root     2530:        if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF)
1.1       root     2531:          {
                   2532:            tree field = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
1.1.1.2   root     2533:            bitsize = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (field)) * DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field);
                   2534:            mode1 = DECL_MODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
                   2535:            unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (field);
1.1       root     2536:          }
1.1.1.2   root     2537:        else
1.1       root     2538:          {
1.1.1.2   root     2539:            mode1 = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp));
                   2540:            bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode1);
                   2541:            unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp));
1.1       root     2542:          }
                   2543: 
1.1.1.2   root     2544:        /* Compute cumulative bit-offset for nested component-refs
                   2545:           and array-refs, and find the ultimate containing object.  */
                   2546: 
                   2547:        while (1)
1.1       root     2548:          {
1.1.1.2   root     2549:            if (TREE_CODE (tem) == COMPONENT_REF)
                   2550:              {
                   2551:                bitpos += DECL_OFFSET (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 1));
                   2552:                if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tem))
                   2553:                  volstruct = 1;
                   2554:              }
                   2555:            else if (TREE_CODE (tem) == ARRAY_REF
                   2556:                     && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
                   2557:                     && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (tem))) == INTEGER_CST)
                   2558:              {
                   2559:                bitpos += (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 1))
                   2560:                           * TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (tem)))
                   2561:                           * TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (tem)));
1.1.1.19  root     2562:                if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tem))
                   2563:                  volstruct = 1;
1.1.1.2   root     2564:              }
                   2565:            else
                   2566:              break;
                   2567:            tem = TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0);
1.1       root     2568:          }
                   2569: 
1.1.1.2   root     2570:        op0 = expand_expr (tem, 0, VOIDmode,
                   2571:                           (modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS
                   2572:                            ? modifier : EXPAND_NORMAL));
1.1       root     2573: 
1.1.1.21! root     2574:        /* Don't forget about volatility even if this is a bitfield.  */
        !          2575:        if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM && volstruct && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0))
        !          2576:          {
        !          2577:            op0 = copy_rtx (op0);
        !          2578:            MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0) = 1;
        !          2579:          }
        !          2580: 
1.1.1.2   root     2581:        if (mode1 == BImode || GET_CODE (op0) == REG
                   2582:            || GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG)
1.1.1.17  root     2583:          return extract_bit_field (op0, bitsize, bitpos, unsignedp,
                   2584:                                    target, mode, tmode,
1.1.1.19  root     2585:                                    TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (tem)) / BITS_PER_UNIT,
                   2586:                                    int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (tem)));
1.1.1.2   root     2587:        /* Get a reference to just this component.  */
                   2588:        if (modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS)
                   2589:          op0 = gen_rtx (MEM, mode1, plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0),
                   2590:                                                    (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)));
                   2591:        else
                   2592:          op0 = change_address (op0, mode1,
                   2593:                                plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0),
                   2594:                                               (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)));
1.1.1.10  root     2595:        MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (op0) = 1;
1.1.1.15  root     2596:        MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0) |= volstruct;
1.1.1.2   root     2597:        /* If OP0 is in the shared structure-value stack slot,
                   2598:           and it is not BLKmode, copy it into a register.
                   2599:           The shared slot may be clobbered at any time by another call.
                   2600:           BLKmode is safe because our caller will either copy the value away
                   2601:           or take another component and come back here.  */
                   2602:        if (mode != BLKmode
                   2603:            && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == CALL_EXPR
                   2604:            && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == BLKmode)
                   2605:          op0 = copy_to_reg (op0);
                   2606:        if (mode == mode1 || mode1 == BLKmode || mode1 == tmode)
                   2607:          return op0;
                   2608:        if (target == 0)
                   2609:          target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode);
                   2610:        convert_move (target, op0, unsignedp);
                   2611:        return target;
1.1       root     2612:       }
                   2613: 
                   2614:       /* Intended for a reference to a buffer of a file-object in Pascal.
                   2615:         But it's not certain that a special tree code will really be
                   2616:         necessary for these.  INDIRECT_REF might work for them.  */
                   2617:     case BUFFER_REF:
                   2618:       abort ();
                   2619: 
1.1.1.13  root     2620:     case WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR:
                   2621:       RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))
                   2622:        = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, tmode, modifier);
                   2623:       cleanups_of_this_call = tree_cons (0, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), cleanups_of_this_call);
                   2624:       return RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
                   2625: 
1.1       root     2626:     case CALL_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     2627:       /* Check for a built-in function.  */
                   2628:       if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR
                   2629:          && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) == FUNCTION_DECL
1.1.1.5   root     2630:          && (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))
                   2631:              != NOT_BUILT_IN))
1.1.1.17  root     2632:        return expand_builtin (exp, target, subtarget, tmode, ignore);
1.1       root     2633:       /* If this call was expanded already by preexpand_calls,
                   2634:         just return the result we got.  */
                   2635:       if (CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp) != 0)
                   2636:        return CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp);
1.1.1.2   root     2637:       return expand_call (exp, target, ignore);
1.1       root     2638: 
                   2639:     case NOP_EXPR:
                   2640:     case CONVERT_EXPR:
1.1.1.7   root     2641:     case REFERENCE_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     2642:       if (TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE || ignore)
1.1       root     2643:        {
1.1.1.2   root     2644:          expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, modifier);
1.1       root     2645:          return const0_rtx;
                   2646:        }
                   2647:       if (mode == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))
1.1.1.2   root     2648:        return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, modifier);
1.1       root     2649:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, mode, 0);
1.1.1.2   root     2650:       if (GET_MODE (op0) == mode || GET_MODE (op0) == VOIDmode)
1.1       root     2651:        return op0;
1.1.1.2   root     2652:       if (flag_force_mem && GET_CODE (op0) == MEM)
                   2653:        op0 = copy_to_reg (op0);
1.1.1.18  root     2654:       if (GET_MODE (op0) == VOIDmode)
                   2655:        /* Avoid problem in convert_move due to unknown mode of OP0.  */
                   2656:        op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))),
                   2657:                                op0);
1.1       root     2658:       if (target == 0)
                   2659:        target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
1.1.1.2   root     2660:       convert_move (target, op0, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))));
1.1       root     2661:       return target;
                   2662: 
                   2663:     case PLUS_EXPR:
                   2664:       preexpand_calls (exp);
1.1.1.2   root     2665:       if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == INTEGER_CST
                   2666:          && modifier == EXPAND_SUM)
1.1       root     2667:        {
1.1.1.2   root     2668:          op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), subtarget, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM);
1.1       root     2669:          op1 = plus_constant (op1, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
1.1.1.2   root     2670:          return op1;
1.1       root     2671:        }
                   2672:       negate_1 = 1;
                   2673:     plus_minus:
1.1.1.2   root     2674:       if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
                   2675:          && modifier == EXPAND_SUM)
1.1       root     2676:        {
1.1.1.2   root     2677:          op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM);
1.1       root     2678:          op0 = plus_constant (op0,
                   2679:                               negate_1 * TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)));
1.1.1.2   root     2680:          return op0;
1.1       root     2681:        }
                   2682:       this_optab = add_optab;
1.1.1.2   root     2683:       if (modifier != EXPAND_SUM) goto binop;
1.1       root     2684:       subtarget = validate_subtarget (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
1.1.1.2   root     2685:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM);
                   2686:       op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM);
1.1       root     2687:       /* Put a sum last, to simplify what follows.  */
                   2688: #ifdef OLD_INDEXING
                   2689:       if (GET_CODE (op1) == MULT)
                   2690:        {
                   2691:          temp = op0;
                   2692:          op0 = op1;
                   2693:          op1 = temp;
                   2694:        }
                   2695: #endif
                   2696: #ifndef OLD_INDEXING
                   2697:       /* Make sure any term that's a sum with a constant comes last.  */
                   2698:       if (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS
1.1.1.2   root     2699:          && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (op0, 1)))
1.1       root     2700:        {
                   2701:          temp = op0;
                   2702:          op0 = op1;
                   2703:          op1 = temp;
                   2704:        }
                   2705:       /* If adding to a sum including a constant,
                   2706:         associate it to put the constant outside.  */
                   2707:       if (GET_CODE (op1) == PLUS
1.1.1.2   root     2708:          && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (op1, 1)))
1.1       root     2709:        {
1.1.1.16  root     2710:          rtx tem;
                   2711:          int constant_term = 0;
                   2712: 
1.1       root     2713:          op0 = gen_rtx (PLUS, mode, XEXP (op1, 0), op0);
1.1.1.16  root     2714:          /* Let's also eliminate constants from op0 if possible.  */
                   2715:          tem = eliminate_constant_term (op0, &constant_term);
1.1       root     2716:          if (GET_CODE (XEXP (op1, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1.1.1.16  root     2717:            {
                   2718:              if (constant_term != 0)
                   2719:                return plus_constant (tem, INTVAL (XEXP (op1, 1)) + constant_term);
                   2720:              else
                   2721:                return plus_constant (op0, INTVAL (XEXP (op1, 1)));
                   2722:            }
1.1       root     2723:          else
                   2724:            return gen_rtx (PLUS, mode, op0, XEXP (op1, 1));
                   2725:        }
                   2726: #endif
                   2727:       return gen_rtx (PLUS, mode, op0, op1);
                   2728: 
                   2729:     case MINUS_EXPR:
                   2730:       preexpand_calls (exp);
1.1.1.18  root     2731:       if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
                   2732:          && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (type)) <= HOST_BITS_PER_INT)
1.1       root     2733:        {
1.1.1.10  root     2734:          int negated;
1.1.1.2   root     2735:          if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM)
                   2736:            {
                   2737:              negate_1 = -1;
                   2738:              goto plus_minus;
                   2739:            }
                   2740:          subtarget = validate_subtarget (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
                   2741:          op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
1.1.1.10  root     2742:          negated = - TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
                   2743:          if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) < HOST_BITS_PER_INT)
                   2744:            negated &= (1 << GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)) - 1;
                   2745:          op1 = gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, negated);
1.1.1.2   root     2746:          this_optab = add_optab;
                   2747:          goto binop2;
1.1       root     2748:        }
                   2749:       this_optab = sub_optab;
                   2750:       goto binop;
                   2751: 
                   2752:     case MULT_EXPR:
                   2753:       preexpand_calls (exp);
                   2754:       /* If first operand is constant, swap them.
                   2755:         Thus the following special case checks need only
                   2756:         check the second operand.  */
                   2757:       if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == INTEGER_CST)
                   2758:        {
                   2759:          register tree t1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
                   2760:          TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
                   2761:          TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = t1;
                   2762:        }
                   2763: 
                   2764:       /* Attempt to return something suitable for generating an
                   2765:         indexed address, for machines that support that.  */
                   2766: 
1.1.1.2   root     2767:       if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM
1.1.1.6   root     2768:          && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST)
1.1       root     2769:        {
1.1.1.2   root     2770:          op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM);
                   2771: 
                   2772:          /* Apply distributive law if OP0 is x+c.  */
                   2773:          if (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS
                   2774:              && GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_INT)
                   2775:            return gen_rtx (PLUS, mode,
                   2776:                            gen_rtx (MULT, mode, XEXP (op0, 0),
                   2777:                                     gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode,
                   2778:                                              TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))),
                   2779:                            gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode,
                   2780:                                     (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))
                   2781:                                      * INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1)))));
                   2782: 
1.1       root     2783:          if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG)
1.1.1.2   root     2784:            op0 = force_operand (op0, 0);
                   2785:          if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG)
                   2786:            op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op0);
                   2787: 
1.1.1.6   root     2788:          return gen_rtx (MULT, mode, op0,
1.1       root     2789:                          gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode,
                   2790:                                   TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))));
                   2791:        }
                   2792:       subtarget = validate_subtarget (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
                   2793:       /* Check for multiplying things that have been extended
                   2794:         from a narrower type.  If this machine supports multiplying
                   2795:         in that narrower type with a result in the desired type,
                   2796:         do it that way, and avoid the explicit type-conversion.  */
                   2797:       if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == NOP_EXPR
                   2798:          && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == INTEGER_TYPE
                   2799:          && (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)))
                   2800:              < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))
                   2801:          && ((TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
                   2802:               && int_fits_type_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1),
1.1.1.2   root     2803:                                   TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)))
                   2804:               /* Don't use a widening multiply if a shift will do.  */
                   2805:               && exact_log2 (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) < 0)
1.1       root     2806:              ||
                   2807:              (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == NOP_EXPR
                   2808:               && (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0)))
                   2809:                   ==
1.1.1.2   root     2810:                   TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))))
                   2811:               /* If both operands are extended, they must either both
                   2812:                  be zero-extended or both be sign-extended.  */
                   2813:               && (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0)))
                   2814:                   ==
                   2815:                   TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)))))))
1.1       root     2816:        {
                   2817:          enum machine_mode innermode
                   2818:            = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)));
1.1.1.2   root     2819:          this_optab = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)))
1.1       root     2820:                        ? umul_widen_optab : smul_widen_optab);
1.1.1.17  root     2821:          if (mode == GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (innermode)
1.1.1.2   root     2822:              && this_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
1.1       root     2823:            {
                   2824:              op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0),
                   2825:                                 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2826:              if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST)
                   2827:                op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2828:              else
                   2829:                op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0),
                   2830:                                   0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2831:              goto binop2;
                   2832:            }
                   2833:        }
                   2834:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2835:       op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
1.1.1.2   root     2836:       return expand_mult (mode, op0, op1, target, TREE_UNSIGNED (type));
1.1       root     2837: 
                   2838:     case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
                   2839:     case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
                   2840:     case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
                   2841:     case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
1.1.1.17  root     2842:     case EXACT_DIV_EXPR:
1.1       root     2843:       preexpand_calls (exp);
                   2844:       subtarget = validate_subtarget (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
1.1.1.2   root     2845:       /* Possible optimization: compute the dividend with EXPAND_SUM
1.1       root     2846:         then if the divisor is constant can optimize the case
                   2847:         where some terms of the dividend have coeffs divisible by it.  */
                   2848:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2849:       op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2850:       return expand_divmod (0, code, mode, op0, op1, target,
1.1.1.2   root     2851:                            TREE_UNSIGNED (type));
1.1       root     2852: 
                   2853:     case RDIV_EXPR:
                   2854:       preexpand_calls (exp);
                   2855:       this_optab = flodiv_optab;
                   2856:       goto binop;
                   2857: 
                   2858:     case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
                   2859:     case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
                   2860:     case CEIL_MOD_EXPR:
                   2861:     case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
                   2862:       preexpand_calls (exp);
                   2863:       subtarget = validate_subtarget (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
                   2864:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2865:       op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2866:       return expand_divmod (1, code, mode, op0, op1, target,
1.1.1.2   root     2867:                            TREE_UNSIGNED (type));
1.1       root     2868: #if 0
                   2869: #ifdef HAVE_divmoddisi4
                   2870:       if (GET_MODE (op0) != DImode)
                   2871:        {
                   2872:          temp = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
                   2873:          convert_move (temp, op0, 0);
                   2874:          op0 = temp;
                   2875:          if (GET_MODE (op1) != SImode && GET_CODE (op1) != CONST_INT)
                   2876:            {
                   2877:              temp = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
                   2878:              convert_move (temp, op1, 0);
                   2879:              op1 = temp;
                   2880:            }
                   2881:          temp = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
                   2882:          if (target == 0)
                   2883:            target = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
                   2884:          emit_insn (gen_divmoddisi4 (temp, protect_from_queue (op0, 0),
                   2885:                                      protect_from_queue (op1, 0),
                   2886:                                      protect_from_queue (target, 1)));
                   2887:          return target;
                   2888:        }
                   2889: #endif
                   2890: #endif
                   2891: 
                   2892:     case FIX_ROUND_EXPR:
                   2893:     case FIX_FLOOR_EXPR:
                   2894:     case FIX_CEIL_EXPR:
                   2895:       abort ();                        /* Not used for C.  */
                   2896: 
                   2897:     case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
                   2898:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2899:       if (target == 0)
                   2900:        target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
1.1.1.2   root     2901:       {
                   2902:        int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp));
                   2903:        if (mode == HImode || mode == QImode)
                   2904:          {
                   2905:            register rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
1.1.1.6   root     2906:            expand_fix (temp, op0, 0);
                   2907:            convert_move (target, temp, 0);
1.1.1.2   root     2908:          }
                   2909:        else
                   2910:          expand_fix (target, op0, unsignedp);
                   2911:       }
1.1       root     2912:       return target;
                   2913: 
                   2914:     case FLOAT_EXPR:
                   2915:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2916:       if (target == 0)
                   2917:        target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
1.1.1.18  root     2918:       if (GET_MODE (op0) == VOIDmode)
                   2919:        /* Avoid problem in convert_move due to unknown mode of OP0.  */
                   2920:        op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))),
                   2921:                                op0);
1.1.1.2   root     2922:       {
                   2923:        int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
                   2924:        if (GET_MODE (op0) == HImode
                   2925:            || GET_MODE (op0) == QImode)
                   2926:          {
                   2927:            register rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
                   2928:            convert_move (temp, op0, unsignedp);
                   2929:            expand_float (target, temp, 0);
                   2930:          }
                   2931:        else
                   2932:          expand_float (target, op0, unsignedp);
                   2933:       }
1.1       root     2934:       return target;
                   2935: 
                   2936:     case NEGATE_EXPR:
                   2937:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2938:       temp = expand_unop (mode, neg_optab, op0, target, 0);
                   2939:       if (temp == 0)
                   2940:        abort ();
                   2941:       return temp;
                   2942: 
                   2943:     case ABS_EXPR:
                   2944:       /* First try to do it with a special abs instruction.
                   2945:         If that does not win, use conditional jump and negate.  */
1.1.1.2   root     2946:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
1.1       root     2947:       temp = expand_unop (mode, abs_optab, op0, target, 0);
                   2948:       if (temp != 0)
                   2949:        return temp;
                   2950:       temp = gen_label_rtx ();
                   2951:       if (target == 0 || GET_CODE (target) != REG)
1.1.1.2   root     2952:        target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
1.1       root     2953:       emit_move_insn (target, op0);
1.1.1.2   root     2954:       emit_cmp_insn (target,
                   2955:                     expand_expr (convert (TREE_TYPE (exp), integer_zero_node),
                   2956:                                  0, VOIDmode, 0),
1.1.1.14  root     2957:                     0, 0, 0);
1.1.1.6   root     2958:       NO_DEFER_POP;
1.1       root     2959:       emit_jump_insn (gen_bge (temp));
                   2960:       op0 = expand_unop (mode, neg_optab, target, target, 0);
                   2961:       if (op0 != target)
                   2962:        emit_move_insn (target, op0);
                   2963:       emit_label (temp);
1.1.1.6   root     2964:       OK_DEFER_POP;
1.1       root     2965:       return target;
                   2966: 
                   2967:     case MAX_EXPR:
                   2968:     case MIN_EXPR:
1.1.1.8   root     2969:       mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)));
1.1       root     2970:       op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2971:       if (target == 0 || GET_CODE (target) != REG || target == op1)
1.1.1.2   root     2972:        target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
1.1       root     2973:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2974:       if (target != op0)
                   2975:        emit_move_insn (target, op0);
                   2976:       op0 = gen_label_rtx ();
                   2977:       if (code == MAX_EXPR)
1.1.1.2   root     2978:        temp = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))
                   2979:                ? compare1 (target, op1, GEU, LEU, 1, mode)
                   2980:                : compare1 (target, op1, GE, LE, 0, mode));
                   2981:       else
                   2982:        temp = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))
                   2983:                ? compare1 (target, op1, LEU, GEU, 1, mode)
                   2984:                : compare1 (target, op1, LE, GE, 0, mode));
                   2985:       if (temp == const0_rtx)
                   2986:        emit_move_insn (target, op1);
                   2987:       else if (temp != const1_rtx)
                   2988:        {
1.1.1.13  root     2989:          if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (temp)] != 0)
                   2990:            emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (temp)]) (op0));
                   2991:          else
                   2992:            abort ();
1.1.1.2   root     2993:          emit_move_insn (target, op1);
                   2994:        }
                   2995:       emit_label (op0);
1.1       root     2996:       return target;
                   2997: 
                   2998: /* ??? Can optimize when the operand of this is a bitwise operation,
                   2999:    by using a different bitwise operation.  */
                   3000:     case BIT_NOT_EXPR:
                   3001:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3002:       temp = expand_unop (mode, one_cmpl_optab, op0, target, 1);
                   3003:       if (temp == 0)
                   3004:        abort ();
                   3005:       return temp;
                   3006: 
1.1.1.2   root     3007:     case FFS_EXPR:
                   3008:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3009:       temp = expand_unop (mode, ffs_optab, op0, target, 1);
                   3010:       if (temp == 0)
                   3011:        abort ();
                   3012:       return temp;
                   3013: 
1.1       root     3014: /* ??? Can optimize bitwise operations with one arg constant.
                   3015:    Pastel optimizes (a bitwise1 n) bitwise2 (a bitwise3 b)
                   3016:    and (a bitwise1 b) bitwise2 b (etc)
                   3017:    but that is probably not worth while.  */
                   3018: 
1.1.1.2   root     3019: /* BIT_AND_EXPR is for bitwise anding.
1.1       root     3020:    TRUTH_AND_EXPR is for anding two boolean values
                   3021:    when we want in all cases to compute both of them.
                   3022:    In general it is fastest to do TRUTH_AND_EXPR by
                   3023:    computing both operands as actual zero-or-1 values
                   3024:    and then bitwise anding.  In cases where there cannot
                   3025:    be any side effects, better code would be made by
                   3026:    treating TRUTH_AND_EXPR like TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR;
                   3027:    but the question is how to recognize those cases.  */
                   3028: 
                   3029:     case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
                   3030:     case BIT_AND_EXPR:
                   3031:       preexpand_calls (exp);
                   3032:       subtarget = validate_subtarget (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
                   3033:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3034:       op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3035:       return expand_bit_and (mode, op0, op1, target);
                   3036: 
                   3037: /* See comment above about TRUTH_AND_EXPR; it applies here too.  */
                   3038:     case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
                   3039:     case BIT_IOR_EXPR:
                   3040:       preexpand_calls (exp);
                   3041:       this_optab = ior_optab;
                   3042:       goto binop;
                   3043: 
                   3044:     case BIT_XOR_EXPR:
                   3045:       preexpand_calls (exp);
                   3046:       this_optab = xor_optab;
                   3047:       goto binop;
                   3048: 
                   3049:     case LSHIFT_EXPR:
                   3050:     case RSHIFT_EXPR:
                   3051:     case LROTATE_EXPR:
                   3052:     case RROTATE_EXPR:
                   3053:       preexpand_calls (exp);
                   3054:       subtarget = validate_subtarget (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
                   3055:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3056:       return expand_shift (code, mode, op0, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target,
1.1.1.2   root     3057:                           TREE_UNSIGNED (type));
1.1       root     3058: 
                   3059: /* ??? cv's were used to effect here to combine additive constants
                   3060:    and to determine the answer when only additive constants differ.
                   3061:    Also, the addition of one can be handled by changing the condition.  */
                   3062:     case LT_EXPR:
                   3063:     case LE_EXPR:
                   3064:     case GT_EXPR:
                   3065:     case GE_EXPR:
                   3066:     case EQ_EXPR:
                   3067:     case NE_EXPR:
                   3068:       preexpand_calls (exp);
1.1.1.2   root     3069:       temp = do_store_flag (exp, target, mode);
1.1       root     3070:       if (temp != 0)
                   3071:        return temp;
1.1.1.2   root     3072:       /* For foo != 0, load foo, and if it is nonzero load 1 instead. */
                   3073:       if (code == NE_EXPR && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))
                   3074:          && subtarget
                   3075:          && (GET_MODE (subtarget)
                   3076:              == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))))
1.1       root     3077:        {
                   3078:          temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3079:          if (temp != subtarget)
                   3080:            temp = copy_to_reg (temp);
                   3081:          op1 = gen_label_rtx ();
1.1.1.14  root     3082:          emit_cmp_insn (temp, const0_rtx, 0, TREE_UNSIGNED (type), 0);
1.1       root     3083:          emit_jump_insn (gen_beq (op1));
                   3084:          emit_move_insn (temp, const1_rtx);
                   3085:          emit_label (op1);
                   3086:          return temp;
                   3087:        }
                   3088:       /* If no set-flag instruction, must generate a conditional
                   3089:         store into a temporary variable.  Drop through
                   3090:         and handle this like && and ||.  */
                   3091: 
                   3092:     case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
                   3093:     case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
                   3094:       temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
                   3095:       emit_clr_insn (temp);
                   3096:       op1 = gen_label_rtx ();
                   3097:       jumpifnot (exp, op1);
                   3098:       emit_0_to_1_insn (temp);
                   3099:       emit_label (op1);
                   3100:       return temp;
                   3101: 
                   3102:     case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
                   3103:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3104:       /* The parser is careful to generate TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
                   3105:         only with operands that are always zero or one.  */
                   3106:       temp = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, op0,
                   3107:                           gen_rtx (CONST_INT, mode, 1),
                   3108:                           target, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
                   3109:       if (temp == 0)
                   3110:        abort ();
                   3111:       return temp;
                   3112: 
                   3113:     case COMPOUND_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     3114:       expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0);
1.1       root     3115:       emit_queue ();
                   3116:       return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3117: 
                   3118:     case COND_EXPR:
                   3119:       /* Note that COND_EXPRs whose type is a structure or union
                   3120:         are required to be constructed to contain assignments of
                   3121:         a temporary variable, so that we can evaluate them here
                   3122:         for side effect only.  If type is void, we must do likewise.  */
                   3123:       op0 = gen_label_rtx ();
                   3124:       op1 = gen_label_rtx ();
                   3125: 
1.1.1.2   root     3126:       if (mode == VOIDmode || ignore)
1.1       root     3127:        temp = 0;
                   3128:       else if (target)
                   3129:        temp = target;
1.1.1.2   root     3130:       else if (mode == BLKmode)
                   3131:        {
                   3132:          if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == 0 || ! TREE_LITERAL (TYPE_SIZE (type)))
                   3133:            abort ();
                   3134:          temp = assign_stack_local (BLKmode,
                   3135:                                     (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (type))
                   3136:                                      * TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type)
                   3137:                                      + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1)
                   3138:                                     / BITS_PER_UNIT);
                   3139:        }
1.1       root     3140:       else
                   3141:        temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
                   3142: 
                   3143:       jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0);
1.1.1.6   root     3144:       NO_DEFER_POP;
1.1       root     3145:       if (temp != 0)
1.1.1.2   root     3146:        store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, 0);
1.1       root     3147:       else
1.1.1.2   root     3148:        expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), ignore ? const0_rtx : 0,
                   3149:                     VOIDmode, 0);
1.1       root     3150:       emit_queue ();
                   3151:       emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (op1));
                   3152:       emit_barrier ();
                   3153:       emit_label (op0);
                   3154:       if (temp != 0)
1.1.1.2   root     3155:        store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, 0);
1.1       root     3156:       else
1.1.1.2   root     3157:        expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), ignore ? const0_rtx : 0,
                   3158:                     VOIDmode, 0);
1.1       root     3159:       emit_queue ();
                   3160:       emit_label (op1);
1.1.1.6   root     3161:       OK_DEFER_POP;
1.1       root     3162:       return temp;
                   3163: 
                   3164:     case MODIFY_EXPR:
1.1.1.7   root     3165:       {
                   3166:        /* If lhs is complex, expand calls in rhs before computing it.
                   3167:           That's so we don't compute a pointer and save it over a call.
                   3168:           If lhs is simple, compute it first so we can give it as a
                   3169:           target if the rhs is just a call.  This avoids an extra temp and copy
                   3170:           and that prevents a partial-subsumption which makes bad code.
                   3171:           Actually we could treat component_ref's of vars like vars.  */
                   3172: 
                   3173:        tree lhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
                   3174:        tree rhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
1.1.1.13  root     3175:        tree noncopied_parts;
1.1.1.7   root     3176: 
                   3177:        if (TREE_CODE (lhs) != VAR_DECL
                   3178:            && TREE_CODE (lhs) != RESULT_DECL
                   3179:            && TREE_CODE (lhs) != PARM_DECL)
                   3180:          preexpand_calls (exp);
                   3181: 
1.1.1.13  root     3182:        noncopied_parts = save_noncopied_parts (lhs, TYPE_NONCOPIED_PARTS (TREE_TYPE (lhs)));
                   3183:        temp = expand_assignment (lhs, rhs, ! ignore, original_target != 0);
                   3184:        while (noncopied_parts != 0)
1.1.1.7   root     3185:          {
1.1.1.13  root     3186:            store_expr (TREE_VALUE (noncopied_parts),
                   3187:                        SAVE_EXPR_RTL (TREE_PURPOSE (noncopied_parts)), 0);
                   3188:            noncopied_parts = TREE_CHAIN (noncopied_parts);
1.1.1.7   root     3189:          }
1.1.1.13  root     3190:        return temp;
                   3191:       }
1.1       root     3192: 
                   3193:     case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
                   3194:     case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     3195:       return expand_increment (exp, 0);
1.1       root     3196: 
                   3197:     case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
                   3198:     case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     3199:       return expand_increment (exp, 1);
1.1       root     3200: 
                   3201:     case ADDR_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     3202:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode,
                   3203:                         EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS);
1.1       root     3204:       if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM)
                   3205:        abort ();
1.1.1.2   root     3206:       if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM)
1.1       root     3207:        return XEXP (op0, 0);
1.1.1.2   root     3208:       op0 = force_operand (XEXP (op0, 0), target);
                   3209:       if (flag_force_addr && GET_CODE (op0) != REG)
                   3210:        return force_reg (Pmode, op0);
                   3211:       return op0;
1.1       root     3212: 
                   3213:     case ENTRY_VALUE_EXPR:
                   3214:       abort ();
                   3215: 
                   3216:     case ERROR_MARK:
1.1.1.2   root     3217:       return const0_rtx;
1.1       root     3218: 
                   3219:     default:
                   3220:       abort ();
                   3221:     }
                   3222: 
                   3223:   /* Here to do an ordinary binary operator, generating an instruction
                   3224:      from the optab already placed in `this_optab'.  */
                   3225:  binop:
                   3226:   /* Detect things like x = y | (a == b)
                   3227:      and do them as (x = y), (a == b ? x |= 1 : 0), x.  */
                   3228:   /* First, get the comparison or conditional into the second arg.  */
                   3229:   if (comparison_code[(int) TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))]
                   3230:       || (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == COND_EXPR
                   3231:          && (integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1))
                   3232:              || integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 2)))))
                   3233:     {
                   3234:       if (this_optab == ior_optab || this_optab == add_optab
                   3235:          || this_optab == xor_optab)
                   3236:        {
                   3237:          tree exch = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
                   3238:          TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
                   3239:          TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) = exch;
                   3240:        }
                   3241:     }
1.1.1.3   root     3242:   /* Optimize X + (Y ? Z : 0) by computing X and maybe adding Z.  */
1.1       root     3243:   if (comparison_code[(int) TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))]
                   3244:       || (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == COND_EXPR
                   3245:          && (integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1))
                   3246:              || integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 2)))))
                   3247:     {
                   3248:       if (this_optab == ior_optab || this_optab == add_optab
                   3249:          || this_optab == xor_optab || this_optab == sub_optab
                   3250:          || this_optab == lshl_optab || this_optab == ashl_optab
                   3251:          || this_optab == lshr_optab || this_optab == ashr_optab
                   3252:          || this_optab == rotl_optab || this_optab == rotr_optab)
                   3253:        {
1.1.1.2   root     3254:          tree thenexp;
1.1       root     3255:          rtx thenv = 0;
                   3256: 
1.1.1.8   root     3257:          /* TARGET gets a reg in which we can perform the computation.
                   3258:             Use the specified target if it's a pseudo reg and safe.  */
                   3259:          target = validate_subtarget (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
1.1       root     3260:          if (target == 0) target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
1.1.1.3   root     3261: 
                   3262:          /* Compute X into the target.  */
1.1.1.2   root     3263:          store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, 0);
1.1       root     3264:          op0 = gen_label_rtx ();
                   3265: 
1.1.1.3   root     3266:          /* If other operand is a comparison COMP, treat it as COMP ? 1 : 0 */
1.1       root     3267:          if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) != COND_EXPR)
                   3268:            {
                   3269:              do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), op0, 0);
                   3270:              thenv = const1_rtx;
                   3271:            }
                   3272:          else if (integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 2)))
                   3273:            {
                   3274:              do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), op0, 0);
                   3275:              thenexp = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1);
                   3276:            }
                   3277:          else
                   3278:            {
                   3279:              do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), 0, op0);
                   3280:              thenexp = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 2);
                   3281:            }
                   3282: 
                   3283:          if (thenv == 0)
                   3284:            thenv = expand_expr (thenexp, 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3285: 
1.1.1.3   root     3286:          /* THENV is now Z, the value to operate on, as an rtx.
                   3287:             We have already tested that Y isn't zero, so do the operation.  */
                   3288: 
1.1       root     3289:          if (this_optab == rotl_optab || this_optab == rotr_optab)
                   3290:            temp = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, target, thenv, target,
                   3291:                                 -1, OPTAB_LIB);
                   3292:          else if (this_optab == lshl_optab || this_optab == lshr_optab)
                   3293:            temp = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, target, thenv, target,
                   3294:                                 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
                   3295:          else
                   3296:            temp = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, target, thenv, target,
                   3297:                                 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
                   3298:          if (target != temp)
                   3299:            emit_move_insn (target, temp);
                   3300: 
1.1.1.17  root     3301:          emit_queue ();
1.1.1.6   root     3302:          do_pending_stack_adjust ();
1.1       root     3303:          emit_label (op0);
                   3304:          return target;
                   3305:        }
                   3306:     }
                   3307:   subtarget = validate_subtarget (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
                   3308:   op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3309:   op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3310:  binop2:
                   3311:   temp = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, op0, op1, target,
1.1.1.2   root     3312:                       TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)), OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
1.1       root     3313:   if (temp == 0)
                   3314:     abort ();
                   3315:   return temp;
                   3316: }
                   3317: 
1.1.1.2   root     3318: /* Expand an expression EXP that calls a built-in function,
                   3319:    with result going to TARGET if that's convenient
                   3320:    (and in mode MODE if that's convenient).
1.1.1.17  root     3321:    SUBTARGET may be used as the target for computing one of EXP's operands.
                   3322:    IGNORE is nonzero if the value is to be ignored.  */
1.1.1.2   root     3323: 
                   3324: static rtx
1.1.1.17  root     3325: expand_builtin (exp, target, subtarget, mode, ignore)
1.1.1.2   root     3326:      tree exp;
                   3327:      rtx target;
                   3328:      rtx subtarget;
                   3329:      enum machine_mode mode;
1.1.1.17  root     3330:      int ignore;
1.1.1.2   root     3331: {
                   3332:   tree fndecl = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0);
                   3333:   tree arglist = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
                   3334:   rtx op0;
                   3335: 
                   3336:   switch (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl))
                   3337:     {
                   3338:     case BUILT_IN_ABS:
                   3339:     case BUILT_IN_LABS:
                   3340:     case BUILT_IN_FABS:
                   3341:       /* build_function_call changes these into ABS_EXPR.  */
                   3342:       abort ();
                   3343: 
1.1.1.14  root     3344:     case BUILT_IN_SAVEREGS:
1.1.1.19  root     3345:       if (saveregs_value != 0)
                   3346:        return saveregs_value;
1.1.1.14  root     3347:       {
                   3348:        /* When this function is called, it means that registers must be
                   3349:           saved on entry to this function.  So we migrate the
                   3350:           call to the first insn of this function.  */
                   3351:        rtx last = get_last_insn ();
                   3352:        /* Now really call the function.  `expand_call' does not call
                   3353:           expand_builtin, so there is no danger of infinite recursion here.  */
1.1.1.17  root     3354:        rtx temp = expand_call (exp, target, ignore);
                   3355:        reorder_insns (NEXT_INSN (last), get_last_insn (), get_insns ());
1.1.1.19  root     3356:        saveregs_value = temp;
1.1.1.17  root     3357:        return temp;
1.1.1.14  root     3358:       }
1.1.1.17  root     3359: 
1.1.1.19  root     3360:     case BUILT_IN_NEXT_ARG:
                   3361:       {
                   3362:        tree fntype = TREE_TYPE (current_function_decl);
                   3363:        if (!(TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype) != 0
                   3364:              && (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype)))
                   3365:                  != void_type_node)))
                   3366:          {
                   3367:            error ("`stdarg.h' facilities used, but function has fixed args");
                   3368:            return const0_rtx;
                   3369:          }
                   3370:       }
                   3371: 
                   3372:       return expand_binop (Pmode, add_optab,
                   3373:                           arg_pointer_rtx, current_function_arg_offset_rtx,
                   3374:                           0, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
                   3375: 
1.1.1.17  root     3376:     case BUILT_IN_CLASSIFY_TYPE:
                   3377:       if (arglist != 0)
                   3378:        {
                   3379:          tree type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist));
                   3380:          enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
                   3381:          if (code == VOID_TYPE)
                   3382:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, void_type_class);
                   3383:          if (code == INTEGER_TYPE)
                   3384:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, integer_type_class);
                   3385:          if (code == CHAR_TYPE)
                   3386:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, char_type_class);
                   3387:          if (code == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
                   3388:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, enumeral_type_class);
                   3389:          if (code == BOOLEAN_TYPE)
                   3390:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, boolean_type_class);
                   3391:          if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
                   3392:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, pointer_type_class);
                   3393:          if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
                   3394:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, reference_type_class);
                   3395:          if (code == OFFSET_TYPE)
                   3396:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, offset_type_class);
                   3397:          if (code == REAL_TYPE)
                   3398:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, real_type_class);
                   3399:          if (code == COMPLEX_TYPE)
                   3400:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, complex_type_class);
                   3401:          if (code == FUNCTION_TYPE)
                   3402:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, function_type_class);
                   3403:          if (code == METHOD_TYPE)
                   3404:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, method_type_class);
                   3405:          if (code == RECORD_TYPE)
                   3406:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, record_type_class);
                   3407:          if (code == UNION_TYPE)
                   3408:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, union_type_class);
                   3409:          if (code == ARRAY_TYPE)
                   3410:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, array_type_class);
                   3411:          if (code == STRING_TYPE)
                   3412:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, string_type_class);
                   3413:          if (code == SET_TYPE)
                   3414:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, set_type_class);
                   3415:          if (code == FILE_TYPE)
                   3416:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, file_type_class);
                   3417:          if (code == LANG_TYPE)
                   3418:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, lang_type_class);
                   3419:        }
                   3420:       return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, no_type_class);
                   3421: 
1.1.1.2   root     3422:     case BUILT_IN_ALLOCA:
1.1.1.10  root     3423:       if (arglist == 0
                   3424:          /* Arg could be non-integer if user redeclared this fcn wrong.  */
                   3425:          || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != INTEGER_TYPE)
1.1.1.2   root     3426:        return const0_rtx;
                   3427:       frame_pointer_needed = 1;
1.1.1.17  root     3428:       current_function_calls_alloca = 1;
1.1.1.2   root     3429:       /* Compute the argument.  */
                   3430:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3431:       if (! CONSTANT_P (op0))
                   3432:        {
                   3433:          op0 = force_reg (GET_MODE (op0), op0);
                   3434:          if (GET_MODE (op0) != Pmode)
1.1.1.12  root     3435:            op0 = convert_to_mode (Pmode, op0, 1);
1.1.1.2   root     3436:        }
                   3437:       /* Push that much space (rounding it up).  */
1.1.1.3   root     3438:       do_pending_stack_adjust ();
1.1.1.8   root     3439: 
                   3440: #ifdef STACK_POINTER_OFFSET
1.1.1.9   root     3441:       /* If we will have to round the result down (which is up
                   3442:         if stack grows down), make sure we have extra space so the
                   3443:         user still gets at least as much space as he asked for.  */
1.1.1.8   root     3444:       if ((STACK_POINTER_OFFSET + STACK_BYTES - 1) / STACK_BYTES
                   3445:          != STACK_POINTER_OFFSET / STACK_BYTES)
                   3446:        op0 = plus_constant (op0, STACK_BYTES);
                   3447: #endif
                   3448: 
1.1.1.4   root     3449: #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1.1.1.2   root     3450:       anti_adjust_stack (round_push (op0));
1.1.1.4   root     3451: #endif
1.1.1.2   root     3452:       /* Return a copy of current stack ptr, in TARGET if possible.  */
                   3453:       if (target)
                   3454:        emit_move_insn (target, stack_pointer_rtx);
                   3455:       else
                   3456:        target = copy_to_reg (stack_pointer_rtx);
1.1.1.4   root     3457: #ifdef STACK_POINTER_OFFSET
                   3458:       /* If the contents of the stack pointer reg are offset from the
                   3459:         actual top-of-stack address, add the offset here.  */
1.1.1.6   root     3460:       if (GET_CODE (target) == REG)
1.1.1.8   root     3461:        emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (target,
                   3462:                                  gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode,
                   3463:                                           (STACK_POINTER_OFFSET + STACK_BYTES - 1) / STACK_BYTES * STACK_BYTES)));
1.1.1.6   root     3464:       else
                   3465:        {
                   3466:          rtx temp =
                   3467:            expand_binop (GET_MODE (target), add_optab, target,
1.1.1.8   root     3468:                          gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode,
                   3469:                                   (STACK_POINTER_OFFSET + STACK_BYTES - 1) / STACK_BYTES * STACK_BYTES),
1.1.1.6   root     3470:                          target,
                   3471:                          1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
                   3472:          if (temp == 0) abort ();
                   3473:          if (temp != target)
                   3474:            emit_move_insn (target, temp);
                   3475:        }
1.1.1.4   root     3476: #endif
                   3477: #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
                   3478:       anti_adjust_stack (round_push (op0));
                   3479: #endif
1.1.1.17  root     3480:       /* Some systems require a particular insn to refer to the stack
                   3481:         to make the pages exist.  */
                   3482: #ifdef HAVE_probe
                   3483:       if (HAVE_probe)
                   3484:        emit_insn (gen_probe ());
                   3485: #endif
1.1.1.2   root     3486:       return target;
                   3487: 
                   3488:     case BUILT_IN_FFS:
1.1.1.10  root     3489:       if (arglist == 0
                   3490:          /* Arg could be non-integer if user redeclared this fcn wrong.  */
                   3491:          || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != INTEGER_TYPE)
1.1.1.2   root     3492:        return const0_rtx;
                   3493: 
                   3494:       /* Compute the argument.  */
                   3495:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3496:       /* Compute ffs, into TARGET if possible.
                   3497:         Set TARGET to wherever the result comes back.  */
1.1.1.21! root     3498:       target = expand_unop (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))),
        !          3499:                            ffs_optab, op0, target, 1);
1.1.1.2   root     3500:       if (target == 0)
                   3501:        abort ();
                   3502:       return target;
                   3503: 
                   3504:     default:
                   3505:       abort ();
                   3506:     }
                   3507: }
                   3508: 
                   3509: /* Expand code for a post- or pre- increment or decrement
                   3510:    and return the RTX for the result.
                   3511:    POST is 1 for postinc/decrements and 0 for preinc/decrements.  */
                   3512: 
                   3513: static rtx
                   3514: expand_increment (exp, post)
                   3515:      register tree exp;
                   3516:      int post;
                   3517: {
                   3518:   register rtx op0, op1;
                   3519:   register rtx temp;
                   3520:   register tree incremented = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
                   3521:   optab this_optab = add_optab;
                   3522:   int icode;
                   3523:   enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp));
                   3524:   int op0_is_copy = 0;
                   3525: 
                   3526:   /* Stabilize any component ref that might need to be
                   3527:      evaluated more than once below.  */
                   3528:   if (TREE_CODE (incremented) == COMPONENT_REF
                   3529:       && (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (incremented, 0)) != INDIRECT_REF
1.1.1.17  root     3530:          || DECL_MODE (TREE_OPERAND (incremented, 1)) == BImode))
1.1.1.2   root     3531:     incremented = stabilize_reference (incremented);
                   3532: 
                   3533:   /* Compute the operands as RTX.
                   3534:      Note whether OP0 is the actual lvalue or a copy of it:
                   3535:      I believe it is a copy iff it is a register and insns were
                   3536:      generated in computing it.  */
                   3537:   temp = get_last_insn ();
                   3538:   op0 = expand_expr (incremented, 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3539:   if (temp != get_last_insn ())
                   3540:     op0_is_copy = (GET_CODE (op0) == REG || GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG);
                   3541:   op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3542: 
                   3543:   /* Decide whether incrementing or decrementing.  */
                   3544:   if (TREE_CODE (exp) == POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
                   3545:       || TREE_CODE (exp) == PREDECREMENT_EXPR)
                   3546:     this_optab = sub_optab;
                   3547: 
                   3548:   /* If OP0 is not the actual lvalue, but rather a copy in a register,
                   3549:      then we cannot just increment OP0.  We must
                   3550:      therefore contrive to increment the original value.
                   3551:      Then we can return OP0 since it is a copy of the old value.  */
                   3552:   if (op0_is_copy)
                   3553:     {
                   3554:       /* This is the easiest way to increment the value wherever it is.
                   3555:         Problems with multiple evaluation of INCREMENTED
                   3556:         are prevented because either (1) it is a component_ref,
                   3557:         in which case it was stabilized above, or (2) it is an array_ref
                   3558:         with constant index in an array in a register, which is
                   3559:         safe to reevaluate.  */
                   3560:       tree newexp = build ((this_optab == add_optab
                   3561:                            ? PLUS_EXPR : MINUS_EXPR),
                   3562:                           TREE_TYPE (exp),
                   3563:                           incremented,
                   3564:                           TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
                   3565:       temp = expand_assignment (incremented, newexp, ! post, 0);
                   3566:       return post ? op0 : temp;
                   3567:     }
                   3568: 
                   3569:   /* Convert decrement by a constant into a negative increment.  */
                   3570:   if (this_optab == sub_optab
                   3571:       && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
                   3572:     {
                   3573:       op1 = gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, - INTVAL (op1));
                   3574:       this_optab = add_optab;
                   3575:     }
                   3576: 
                   3577:   if (post)
                   3578:     {
                   3579:       /* We have a true reference to the value in OP0.
                   3580:         If there is an insn to add or subtract in this mode, queue it.  */
                   3581: 
                   3582:       /* I'm not sure this is still necessary.  */
                   3583:       op0 = stabilize (op0);
                   3584: 
                   3585:       icode = (int) this_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code;
                   3586:       if (icode != (int) CODE_FOR_nothing
                   3587:          /* Make sure that OP0 is valid for operands 0 and 1
                   3588:             of the insn we want to queue.  */
                   3589:          && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][0]) (op0, mode)
                   3590:          && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][1]) (op0, mode))
                   3591:        {
                   3592:          if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][2]) (op1, mode))
                   3593:            op1 = force_reg (mode, op1);
                   3594: 
                   3595:          return enqueue_insn (op0, GEN_FCN (icode) (op0, op0, op1));
                   3596:        }
                   3597:     }
                   3598: 
                   3599:   /* Preincrement, or we can't increment with one simple insn.  */
                   3600:   if (post)
                   3601:     /* Save a copy of the value before inc or dec, to return it later.  */
                   3602:     temp = copy_to_reg (op0);
                   3603:   else
                   3604:     /* Arrange to return the incremented value.  */
1.1.1.18  root     3605:     /* Copy the rtx because expand_binop will protect from the queue,
                   3606:        and the results of that would be invalid for us to return
                   3607:        if our caller does emit_queue before using our result.  */
                   3608:     temp = copy_rtx (op0);
1.1.1.2   root     3609: 
                   3610:   /* Increment however we can.  */
                   3611:   op1 = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, op0, op1, op0,
1.1.1.17  root     3612:                      TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)), OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
1.1.1.2   root     3613:   /* Make sure the value is stored into OP0.  */
                   3614:   if (op1 != op0)
                   3615:     emit_move_insn (op0, op1);
                   3616: 
                   3617:   return temp;
                   3618: }
                   3619: 
1.1       root     3620: /* Expand all function calls contained within EXP, innermost ones first.
                   3621:    But don't look within expressions that have sequence points.
                   3622:    For each CALL_EXPR, record the rtx for its value
1.1.1.2   root     3623:    in the CALL_EXPR_RTL field.
                   3624: 
                   3625:    Calls that return large structures for which a structure return
                   3626:    stack slot is needed are not preexpanded.  Preexpanding them loses
                   3627:    because if more than one were preexpanded they would try to use the
                   3628:    same stack slot.  */
1.1       root     3629: 
                   3630: static void
                   3631: preexpand_calls (exp)
                   3632:      tree exp;
                   3633: {
                   3634:   register int nops, i;
                   3635: 
                   3636:   if (! do_preexpand_calls)
                   3637:     return;
                   3638: 
1.1.1.2   root     3639:   /* Only expressions and references can contain calls.  */
                   3640: 
                   3641:   if (tree_code_type[(int) TREE_CODE (exp)][0] != 'e'
                   3642:       && tree_code_type[(int) TREE_CODE (exp)][0] != 'r')
                   3643:     return;
                   3644: 
1.1       root     3645:   switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
                   3646:     {
                   3647:     case CALL_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     3648:       /* Do nothing to built-in functions.  */
                   3649:       if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR
                   3650:          && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) == FUNCTION_DECL
1.1.1.5   root     3651:          && (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))
                   3652:              != NOT_BUILT_IN))
1.1.1.2   root     3653:        return;
1.1.1.16  root     3654:       /* Precompute calls that don't return values in memory.  */
1.1.1.2   root     3655:       if (CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp) == 0
1.1.1.16  root     3656:          && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != BLKmode
                   3657:          && ! RETURN_IN_MEMORY (TREE_TYPE (exp)))
1.1.1.2   root     3658:        CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp) = expand_call (exp, 0, 0);
1.1       root     3659:       return;
                   3660: 
                   3661:     case COMPOUND_EXPR:
                   3662:     case COND_EXPR:
                   3663:     case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
                   3664:     case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
                   3665:       /* If we find one of these, then we can be sure
                   3666:         the adjust will be done for it (since it makes jumps).
                   3667:         Do it now, so that if this is inside an argument
                   3668:         of a function, we don't get the stack adjustment
                   3669:         after some other args have already been pushed.  */
                   3670:       do_pending_stack_adjust ();
                   3671:       return;
                   3672: 
1.1.1.2   root     3673:     case RTL_EXPR:
                   3674:       return;
                   3675: 
1.1       root     3676:     case SAVE_EXPR:
                   3677:       if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) != 0)
                   3678:        return;
                   3679:     }
                   3680: 
                   3681:   nops = tree_code_length[(int) TREE_CODE (exp)];
                   3682:   for (i = 0; i < nops; i++)
                   3683:     if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i) != 0)
                   3684:       {
                   3685:        register int type = *tree_code_type[(int) TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i))];
                   3686:        if (type == 'e' || type == 'r')
                   3687:          preexpand_calls (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i));
                   3688:       }
                   3689: }
                   3690: 
1.1.1.2   root     3691: /* Force FUNEXP into a form suitable for the address of a CALL,
                   3692:    and return that as an rtx.  Also load the static chain register
                   3693:    from either FUNEXP or CONTEXT.  */
1.1       root     3694: 
1.1.1.2   root     3695: static rtx
                   3696: prepare_call_address (funexp, context)
1.1       root     3697:      rtx funexp;
                   3698:      rtx context;
                   3699: {
                   3700:   funexp = protect_from_queue (funexp, 0);
1.1.1.2   root     3701:   if (context != 0)
1.1       root     3702:     context = protect_from_queue (context, 0);
                   3703: 
                   3704:   /* Function variable in language with nested functions.  */
                   3705:   if (GET_MODE (funexp) == EPmode)
                   3706:     {
1.1.1.2   root     3707:       emit_move_insn (static_chain_rtx, gen_highpart (Pmode, funexp));
                   3708:       funexp = memory_address (FUNCTION_MODE, gen_lowpart (Pmode, funexp));
                   3709:       emit_insn (gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, static_chain_rtx));
1.1       root     3710:     }
                   3711:   else
                   3712:     {
                   3713:       if (context != 0)
1.1.1.2   root     3714:        /* Unless function variable in C, or top level function constant */
                   3715:        emit_move_insn (static_chain_rtx, lookup_static_chain (context));
                   3716: 
                   3717:       /* Make a valid memory address and copy constants thru pseudo-regs,
                   3718:         but not for a constant address if -fno-function-cse.  */
                   3719:       if (GET_CODE (funexp) != SYMBOL_REF)
                   3720:        funexp = memory_address (FUNCTION_MODE, funexp);
                   3721:       else
1.1       root     3722:        {
1.1.1.2   root     3723: #ifndef NO_FUNCTION_CSE
1.1.1.6   root     3724:          if (optimize && ! flag_no_function_cse)
                   3725:            funexp = force_reg (Pmode, funexp);
1.1.1.2   root     3726: #endif
                   3727:        }
                   3728: 
                   3729:       if (context != 0)
                   3730:        emit_insn (gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, static_chain_rtx));
1.1       root     3731:     }
1.1.1.2   root     3732:   return funexp;
                   3733: }
                   3734: 
                   3735: /* Generate instructions to call function FUNEXP,
                   3736:    and optionally pop the results.
                   3737:    The CALL_INSN is the first insn generated.
                   3738: 
                   3739:    FUNTYPE is the data type of the function, or, for a library call,
                   3740:    the identifier for the name of the call.  This is given to the
                   3741:    macro RETURN_POPS_ARGS to determine whether this function pops its own args.
                   3742: 
1.1.1.6   root     3743:    STACK_SIZE is the number of bytes of arguments on the stack,
1.1.1.2   root     3744:    rounded up to STACK_BOUNDARY; zero if the size is variable.
                   3745:    This is both to put into the call insn and
                   3746:    to generate explicit popping code if necessary.
                   3747: 
                   3748:    NEXT_ARG_REG is the rtx that results from executing
                   3749:      FUNCTION_ARG (args_so_far, VOIDmode, void_type_node, 1)
                   3750:    just after all the args have had their registers assigned.
                   3751:    This could be whatever you like, but normally it is the first
                   3752:    arg-register beyond those used for args in this call,
                   3753:    or 0 if all the arg-registers are used in this call.
                   3754:    It is passed on to `gen_call' so you can put this info in the call insn.
                   3755: 
                   3756:    VALREG is a hard register in which a value is returned,
                   3757:    or 0 if the call does not return a value.
                   3758: 
1.1.1.17  root     3759:    OLD_INHIBIT_DEFER_POP is the value that `inhibit_defer_pop' had before
1.1.1.2   root     3760:    the args to this call were processed.
1.1.1.18  root     3761:    We restore `inhibit_defer_pop' to that value.
                   3762: 
                   3763:    USE_INSNS is a SEQUENCE of USE insns to be emitted immediately before
                   3764:    the actual CALL insn.  */
1.1.1.2   root     3765: 
                   3766: static void
1.1.1.18  root     3767: emit_call_1 (funexp, funtype, stack_size, next_arg_reg, valreg, old_inhibit_defer_pop, use_insns)
1.1.1.2   root     3768:      rtx funexp;
                   3769:      tree funtype;
                   3770:      int stack_size;
                   3771:      rtx next_arg_reg;
                   3772:      rtx valreg;
1.1.1.17  root     3773:      int old_inhibit_defer_pop;
1.1.1.18  root     3774:      rtx use_insns;
1.1.1.2   root     3775: {
                   3776:   rtx stack_size_rtx = gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, stack_size);
1.1.1.18  root     3777:   rtx call_insn;
1.1.1.2   root     3778: 
                   3779:   if (valreg)
                   3780:     emit_call_insn (gen_call_value (valreg,
                   3781:                                    gen_rtx (MEM, FUNCTION_MODE, funexp),
                   3782:                                    stack_size_rtx, next_arg_reg));
                   3783:   else
                   3784:     emit_call_insn (gen_call (gen_rtx (MEM, FUNCTION_MODE, funexp),
                   3785:                              stack_size_rtx, next_arg_reg));
                   3786: 
1.1.1.18  root     3787:   /* Find the CALL insn we just emitted and write the USE insns before it.  */
                   3788:   for (call_insn = get_last_insn();
                   3789:        call_insn && GET_CODE (call_insn) != CALL_INSN;
                   3790:        call_insn = PREV_INSN (call_insn))
                   3791:     ;
                   3792: 
                   3793:   if (! call_insn)
                   3794:     abort ();
                   3795: 
                   3796:   /* Put the USE insns before the CALL.  */
                   3797:   emit_insn_before (use_insns, call_insn);
                   3798: 
1.1.1.17  root     3799:   inhibit_defer_pop = old_inhibit_defer_pop;
1.1.1.2   root     3800: 
1.1       root     3801:   /* If returning from the subroutine does not automatically pop the args,
                   3802:      we need an instruction to pop them sooner or later.
                   3803:      Perhaps do it now; perhaps just record how much space to pop later.  */
1.1.1.2   root     3804: 
1.1.1.19  root     3805:   if (! RETURN_POPS_ARGS (funtype)
1.1.1.2   root     3806:       && stack_size != 0)
1.1       root     3807:     {
1.1.1.17  root     3808:       if (flag_defer_pop && inhibit_defer_pop == 0)
1.1.1.2   root     3809:        pending_stack_adjust += stack_size;
1.1       root     3810:       else
1.1.1.3   root     3811:        adjust_stack (stack_size_rtx);
1.1       root     3812:     }
                   3813: }
                   3814: 
                   3815: /* At the start of a function, record that we have no previously-pushed
                   3816:    arguments waiting to be popped.  */
                   3817: 
1.1.1.2   root     3818: void
                   3819: init_pending_stack_adjust ()
1.1       root     3820: {
                   3821:   pending_stack_adjust = 0;
                   3822: }
                   3823: 
1.1.1.2   root     3824: /* When exiting from function, if safe, clear out any pending stack adjust
                   3825:    so the adjustment won't get done.  */
                   3826: 
                   3827: void
                   3828: clear_pending_stack_adjust ()
                   3829: {
                   3830: #ifdef EXIT_IGNORE_STACK
1.1.1.4   root     3831:   if (!flag_omit_frame_pointer && EXIT_IGNORE_STACK
1.1.1.10  root     3832:       && ! TREE_INLINE (current_function_decl)
                   3833:       && ! flag_inline_functions)
1.1.1.2   root     3834:     pending_stack_adjust = 0;
                   3835: #endif
                   3836: }
                   3837: 
1.1       root     3838: /* Pop any previously-pushed arguments that have not been popped yet.  */
                   3839: 
1.1.1.2   root     3840: void
1.1       root     3841: do_pending_stack_adjust ()
                   3842: {
1.1.1.17  root     3843:   if (inhibit_defer_pop == 0)
1.1       root     3844:     {
                   3845:       if (pending_stack_adjust != 0)
                   3846:        adjust_stack (gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, pending_stack_adjust));
                   3847:       pending_stack_adjust = 0;
                   3848:     }
                   3849: }
                   3850: 
1.1.1.17  root     3851: /* Data structure and subroutines used within expand_call.  */
1.1       root     3852: 
1.1.1.9   root     3853: struct arg_data
                   3854: {
                   3855:   /* Tree node for this argument.  */
                   3856:   tree tree_value;
                   3857:   /* Precomputed RTL value, or 0 if it isn't precomputed.  */
                   3858:   rtx value;
                   3859:   /* Register to pass this argument in, or 0 if passed on stack.  */
                   3860:   rtx reg;
                   3861:   /* Number of registers to use.  0 means put the whole arg in registers.
                   3862:      Also 0 if not passed in registers.  */
                   3863:   int partial;
                   3864:   /* Offset of this argument from beginning of stack-args.  */
                   3865:   struct args_size offset;
                   3866:   /* Size of this argument on the stack, rounded up for any padding it gets,
                   3867:      parts of the argument passed in registers do not count.
                   3868:      If the FIRST_PARM_CALLER_OFFSET is negative, then register parms
                   3869:      are counted here as well.  */
                   3870:   struct args_size size;
                   3871:   /* Nonzero if this arg has already been stored.  */
                   3872:   int stored;
                   3873:   /* const0_rtx means should preallocate stack space for this arg.
                   3874:      Other non0 value is the stack slot, preallocated.
                   3875:      Used only for BLKmode.  */
                   3876:   rtx stack;
                   3877: };
                   3878: 
1.1.1.17  root     3879: static void store_one_arg ();
                   3880: static rtx target_for_arg ();
                   3881: 
                   3882: /* Generate all the code for a function call
                   3883:    and return an rtx for its value.
                   3884:    Store the value in TARGET (specified as an rtx) if convenient.
                   3885:    If the value is stored in TARGET then TARGET is returned.
                   3886:    If IGNORE is nonzero, then we ignore the value of the function call.  */
                   3887: 
1.1       root     3888: static rtx
1.1.1.2   root     3889: expand_call (exp, target, ignore)
1.1       root     3890:      tree exp;
                   3891:      rtx target;
1.1.1.2   root     3892:      int ignore;
1.1       root     3893: {
1.1.1.8   root     3894:   /* List of actual parameters.  */
1.1       root     3895:   tree actparms = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
1.1.1.8   root     3896:   /* RTX for the function to be called.  */
1.1.1.2   root     3897:   rtx funexp;
1.1.1.8   root     3898:   /* Data type of the function.  */
                   3899:   tree funtype;
                   3900:   /* Declaration of the function being called,
                   3901:      or 0 if the function is computed (not known by name).  */
                   3902:   tree fndecl = 0;
                   3903: 
                   3904:   /* Register in which non-BLKmode value will be returned,
                   3905:      or 0 if no value or if value is BLKmode.  */
                   3906:   rtx valreg;
                   3907:   /* Address where we should return a BLKmode value;
                   3908:      0 if value not BLKmode.  */
                   3909:   rtx structure_value_addr = 0;
                   3910:   /* Nonzero if that address is being passed by treating it as
                   3911:      an extra, implicit first parameter.  Otherwise,
                   3912:      it is passed by being copied directly into struct_value_rtx.  */
                   3913:   int structure_value_addr_parm = 0;
1.1.1.19  root     3914:   /* Save get_structure_value_addr data to prevent multiple use.  */
                   3915:   rtx saved_structure_value_addr;
                   3916:   int saved_structure_value_size;
1.1.1.15  root     3917:   /* Nonzero if called function returns an aggregate in memory PCC style,
                   3918:      by returning the address of where to find it.  */
                   3919:   int pcc_struct_value = 0;
1.1.1.20  root     3920:   /* Insn that was used to copy the result to the specified target,
                   3921:      or 0 if no such insn.  */
                   3922:   rtx result_copy_insn = 0;
1.1.1.8   root     3923: 
                   3924:   /* Number of actual parameters in this call, including struct value addr.  */
                   3925:   int num_actuals;
                   3926:   /* Number of named args.  Args after this are anonymous ones
                   3927:      and they must all go on the stack.  */
                   3928:   int n_named_args;
1.1.1.19  root     3929:   /* Count arg position in order args appear.  */
                   3930:   int argpos;
1.1.1.8   root     3931: 
1.1.1.9   root     3932:   /* Vector of information about each argument.
                   3933:      Arguments are numbered in the order they will be pushed,
1.1.1.8   root     3934:      not the order they are written.  */
1.1.1.9   root     3935:   struct arg_data *args;
1.1.1.8   root     3936: 
                   3937:   /* Total size in bytes of all the stack-parms scanned so far.  */
                   3938:   struct args_size args_size;
1.1.1.9   root     3939:   /* Remember initial value of args_size.constant.  */
                   3940:   int starting_args_size;
                   3941:   /* Nonzero means count reg-parms' size in ARGS_SIZE.  */
                   3942:   int stack_count_regparms = 0;
1.1.1.8   root     3943:   /* Data on reg parms scanned so far.  */
                   3944:   CUMULATIVE_ARGS args_so_far;
                   3945:   /* Nonzero if a reg parm has been scanned.  */
1.1.1.9   root     3946:   int reg_parm_seen;
                   3947:   /* Nonzero if we must avoid push-insns in the args for this call.  */
                   3948:   int must_preallocate;
1.1.1.8   root     3949:   /* 1 if scanning parms front to back, -1 if scanning back to front.  */
1.1.1.2   root     3950:   int inc;
1.1.1.8   root     3951:   /* Address of space preallocated for stack parms
                   3952:      (on machines that lack push insns), or 0 if space not preallocated.  */
                   3953:   rtx argblock = 0;
1.1.1.19  root     3954:   /* Amount to align the stack by before or after we push any args.  */
                   3955:   int stack_align = 0;
1.1.1.8   root     3956: 
                   3957:   /* Nonzero if it is plausible that this is a call to alloca.  */
                   3958:   int may_be_alloca;
                   3959:   /* Nonzero if this is a call to setjmp or a related function.  */
1.1.1.2   root     3960:   int is_setjmp;
1.1.1.8   root     3961:   /* Nonzero if this is a call to an inline function.  */
1.1.1.2   root     3962:   int is_integrable = 0;
1.1.1.8   root     3963:   /* Nonzero if this is a call to __builtin_new.  */
                   3964:   int is_builtin_new;
1.1.1.14  root     3965:   /* Nonzero if this is a call to a `const' function.  */
                   3966:   int is_const = 0;
1.1.1.8   root     3967: 
1.1.1.9   root     3968:   /* Nonzero if there are BLKmode args whose data types require them
                   3969:      to be passed in memory, not (even partially) in registers.  */
                   3970:   int BLKmode_parms_forced = 0;
                   3971:   /* The offset of the first BLKmode parameter which 
                   3972:      *must* be passed in memory.  */
                   3973:   int BLKmode_parms_first_offset = 0;
                   3974:   /* Total size of BLKmode parms which could usefully be preallocated.  */
                   3975:   int BLKmode_parms_sizes = 0;
                   3976: 
                   3977:   /* Amount stack was adjusted to protect BLKmode parameters
                   3978:      which are below the nominal "stack address" value.  */
                   3979:   rtx protected_stack = 0;
                   3980: 
1.1.1.14  root     3981:   /* The last insn before the things that are intrinsically part of the call.
                   3982:      The beginning reg-note goes on the insn after this one.  */
                   3983:   rtx insn_before;
                   3984: 
1.1.1.9   root     3985:   rtx old_stack_level = 0;
1.1.1.2   root     3986:   int old_pending_adj;
1.1.1.17  root     3987:   int old_inhibit_defer_pop = inhibit_defer_pop;
1.1.1.8   root     3988:   tree old_cleanups = cleanups_of_this_call;
1.1.1.18  root     3989:   rtx use_insns;
1.1.1.2   root     3990: 
1.1.1.8   root     3991:   register tree p;
                   3992:   register int i;
1.1.1.2   root     3993: 
                   3994:   /* See if we can find a DECL-node for the actual function.
                   3995:      As a result, decide whether this is a call to an integrable function.  */
                   3996: 
1.1.1.8   root     3997:   p = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
1.1.1.2   root     3998:   if (TREE_CODE (p) == ADDR_EXPR)
                   3999:     {
                   4000:       fndecl = TREE_OPERAND (p, 0);
                   4001:       if (TREE_CODE (fndecl) != FUNCTION_DECL)
                   4002:        fndecl = 0;
                   4003:       else
                   4004:        {
                   4005:          extern tree current_function_decl;
1.1       root     4006: 
1.1.1.2   root     4007:          if (fndecl != current_function_decl
                   4008:              && DECL_SAVED_INSNS (fndecl))
                   4009:            is_integrable = 1;
                   4010:          else
1.1.1.4   root     4011:            {
                   4012:              /* In case this function later becomes inlineable,
                   4013:                 record that there was already a non-inline call to it.  */
1.1.1.17  root     4014:              mark_addressable (fndecl);
1.1.1.4   root     4015:            }
1.1.1.14  root     4016: 
                   4017:          if (TREE_READONLY (fndecl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (fndecl))
                   4018:            is_const = 1;
1.1.1.2   root     4019:        }
                   4020:     }
1.1       root     4021: 
1.1.1.17  root     4022:   /* When calling a const function, we must pop the stack args right away,
                   4023:      so that the pop is deleted or moved with the call.  */
                   4024:   if (is_const)
                   4025:     NO_DEFER_POP;
                   4026: 
1.1.1.2   root     4027:   /* Set up a place to return a structure.  */
1.1       root     4028: 
1.1.1.17  root     4029:   /* Cater to broken compilers.  */
                   4030:   if (aggregate_value_p (exp))
1.1       root     4031:     {
                   4032:       /* This call returns a big structure.  */
1.1.1.15  root     4033: #ifdef PCC_STATIC_STRUCT_RETURN
                   4034:       if (flag_pcc_struct_return)
1.1.1.9   root     4035:        {
1.1.1.15  root     4036:          pcc_struct_value = 1;
                   4037:          is_integrable = 0;  /* Easier than making that case work right.  */
1.1.1.9   root     4038:        }
1.1       root     4039:       else
1.1.1.15  root     4040: #endif
                   4041:        {
1.1.1.16  root     4042:          if (target && GET_CODE (target) == MEM)
1.1.1.15  root     4043:            {
                   4044:              structure_value_addr = XEXP (target, 0);
                   4045:              if (reg_mentioned_p (stack_pointer_rtx, structure_value_addr))
                   4046:                structure_value_addr = copy_to_reg (structure_value_addr);
                   4047:            }
                   4048:          else
1.1.1.17  root     4049:            {
1.1.1.19  root     4050:              push_structure_value (&saved_structure_value_addr,
                   4051:                                    &saved_structure_value_size);
1.1.1.17  root     4052:              /* Make room on the stack to hold the value.  */
                   4053:              structure_value_addr
                   4054:                = get_structure_value_addr (expr_size (exp));
                   4055:              target = 0;
                   4056:            }
1.1.1.15  root     4057:        }
1.1       root     4058:     }
                   4059: 
1.1.1.15  root     4060:   /* If called function is inline, try to integrate it.  */
                   4061: 
1.1.1.2   root     4062:   if (is_integrable)
                   4063:     {
                   4064:       extern rtx expand_inline_function ();
                   4065:       rtx temp;
                   4066: 
                   4067:       temp = expand_inline_function (fndecl, actparms, target,
                   4068:                                     ignore, TREE_TYPE (exp),
                   4069:                                     structure_value_addr);
                   4070: 
1.1.1.8   root     4071:       /* If inlining succeeded, return.  */
                   4072:       if ((int) temp != -1)
1.1.1.2   root     4073:        return temp;
1.1.1.8   root     4074: 
                   4075:       /* If inlining failed, mark FNDECL as needing to be compiled
                   4076:         separately after all.  */
                   4077:       TREE_ADDRESSABLE (fndecl) = 1;
                   4078:       TREE_ADDRESSABLE (DECL_NAME (fndecl)) = 1;
1.1.1.2   root     4079:     }
                   4080: 
                   4081: #if 0
                   4082:   /* Unless it's a call to a specific function that isn't alloca,
                   4083:      if it has one argument, we must assume it might be alloca.  */
                   4084: 
                   4085:   may_be_alloca =
                   4086:     (!(fndecl != 0
                   4087:        && strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (fndecl)),
                   4088:                  "alloca"))
                   4089:      && actparms != 0
                   4090:      && TREE_CHAIN (actparms) == 0);
                   4091: #else
                   4092:   /* We assume that alloca will always be called by name.  It
                   4093:      makes no sense to pass it as a pointer-to-function to
                   4094:      anything that does not understand its behavior.  */
                   4095:   may_be_alloca =
1.1.1.9   root     4096:     (fndecl && (! strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (fndecl)), "alloca")
                   4097:                || ! strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (fndecl)),
                   4098:                             "__builtin_alloca")));
1.1.1.2   root     4099: #endif
                   4100: 
                   4101:   /* See if this is a call to a function that can return more than once.  */
                   4102: 
                   4103:   is_setjmp
                   4104:     = (fndecl != 0
                   4105:        && (!strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (fndecl)), "setjmp")
                   4106:           || !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (fndecl)), "_setjmp")));
                   4107: 
1.1.1.8   root     4108:   is_builtin_new
                   4109:     = (fndecl != 0
                   4110:        && (!strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (fndecl)), "__builtin_new")));
                   4111: 
1.1.1.2   root     4112:   if (may_be_alloca)
                   4113:     {
                   4114:       frame_pointer_needed = 1;
                   4115:       may_call_alloca = 1;
1.1.1.17  root     4116:       current_function_calls_alloca = 1;
1.1.1.2   root     4117:     }
                   4118: 
                   4119:   /* Don't let pending stack adjusts add up to too much.
                   4120:      Also, do all pending adjustments now
1.1.1.19  root     4121:      if there is any chance this might be a call to alloca
                   4122:      or if it is const.  */
1.1.1.2   root     4123: 
1.1.1.19  root     4124:   if (pending_stack_adjust >= 32 || is_const
1.1.1.2   root     4125:       || (pending_stack_adjust > 0 && may_be_alloca))
                   4126:     do_pending_stack_adjust ();
                   4127: 
                   4128:   /* Operand 0 is a pointer-to-function; get the type of the function.  */
                   4129:   funtype = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
                   4130:   if (TREE_CODE (funtype) != POINTER_TYPE)
                   4131:     abort ();
                   4132:   funtype = TREE_TYPE (funtype);
                   4133: 
1.1.1.20  root     4134:   /* If structure_value_addr is set, it means pass the address
                   4135:      as if it were an extra parameter.  We typically avoid doing
                   4136:      so here, which would imply that the caller has to pop it off
                   4137:      the stack; but some compilers do expect caller pop. */
                   4138:   if (structure_value_addr
                   4139: #ifdef STRUCT_RETURN_CALLER_POP
                   4140:       && flag_pcc_struct_return
                   4141: #else
                   4142:       && struct_value_rtx == 0
                   4143: #endif
                   4144:       )
1.1.1.8   root     4145:     {
                   4146:       rtx tem;
                   4147: 
                   4148:       INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (args_so_far, funtype);
                   4149:       tem = FUNCTION_ARG (args_so_far, Pmode,
                   4150:                          build_pointer_type (TREE_TYPE (funtype)), 1);
1.1.1.16  root     4151:       if (tem == 0)
1.1.1.8   root     4152:        {
                   4153:          actparms = tree_cons (error_mark_node,
                   4154:                                build (SAVE_EXPR,
                   4155:                                       type_for_size (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (Pmode), 0),
                   4156:                                       0,
                   4157:                                       force_reg (Pmode, structure_value_addr)),
                   4158:                                actparms);
                   4159:          structure_value_addr_parm = 1;
                   4160:        }
1.1.1.20  root     4161: #ifdef STRUCT_RETURN_CALLER_POP
                   4162:       /* Moved in 1.39 from before the preceding open-brace.
                   4163:         Should be safe without the conditional because,
                   4164:         if STRUCT_RETURN_CALLER_POP is not defined,
                   4165:         this can still happen only if struct_value_rtx is 0,
                   4166:         and in that case, we would crash anyway if this weren't done.  */
                   4167:       structure_value_addr_parm = 1;
                   4168: #endif
1.1.1.8   root     4169:     }
1.1.1.6   root     4170: 
1.1.1.2   root     4171:   /* Count the arguments and set NUM_ACTUALS.  */
1.1       root     4172:   for (p = actparms, i = 0; p; p = TREE_CHAIN (p)) i++;
                   4173:   num_actuals = i;
1.1.1.2   root     4174: 
                   4175:   /* Compute number of named args.
1.1.1.17  root     4176:      Don't include the last named arg if anonymous args follow.
                   4177:      (If no anonymous args follow, the result of list_length
                   4178:      is actually one too large.)  */
1.1.1.2   root     4179:   if (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (funtype) != 0)
1.1.1.17  root     4180:     n_named_args = list_length (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (funtype)) - 1;
1.1.1.2   root     4181:   else
                   4182:     /* If we know nothing, treat all args as named.  */
                   4183:     n_named_args = num_actuals;
                   4184: 
1.1.1.9   root     4185:   /* Make a vector to hold all the information about each arg.  */
                   4186:   args = (struct arg_data *) alloca (num_actuals * sizeof (struct arg_data));
                   4187:   bzero (args, num_actuals * sizeof (struct arg_data));
                   4188: 
                   4189:   args_size.constant = 0;
                   4190:   args_size.var = 0;
                   4191: #ifdef FIRST_PARM_CALLER_OFFSET
1.1.1.17  root     4192:   args_size.constant = FIRST_PARM_CALLER_OFFSET (funtype);
1.1.1.9   root     4193:   stack_count_regparms = 1;
                   4194: #endif
                   4195:   starting_args_size = args_size.constant;
1.1.1.2   root     4196: 
                   4197:   /* In this loop, we consider args in the order they are written.
1.1.1.9   root     4198:      We fill up ARGS from the front of from the back if necessary
                   4199:      so that in any case the first arg to be pushed ends up at the front.  */
1.1       root     4200: 
1.1.1.2   root     4201: #ifdef PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED
                   4202:   i = num_actuals - 1, inc = -1;
1.1       root     4203:   /* In this case, must reverse order of args
1.1.1.2   root     4204:      so that we compute and push the last arg first.  */
1.1       root     4205: #else
1.1.1.2   root     4206:   i = 0, inc = 1;
                   4207: #endif
                   4208: 
                   4209:   INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (args_so_far, funtype);
                   4210: 
1.1.1.19  root     4211:   /* I counts args in order (to be) pushed; ARGPOS counts in order written.  */
                   4212:   for (p = actparms, argpos = 0; p; p = TREE_CHAIN (p), i += inc, argpos++)
1.1.1.2   root     4213:     {
                   4214:       tree type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (p));
1.1.1.9   root     4215:       args[i].tree_value = TREE_VALUE (p);
                   4216:       args[i].offset = args_size;
1.1.1.2   root     4217: 
1.1.1.15  root     4218:       if (type == error_mark_node
                   4219:          || TYPE_SIZE (type) == 0)
1.1.1.2   root     4220:        continue;
                   4221: 
                   4222:       /* Decide where to pass this arg.  */
1.1.1.9   root     4223:       /* args[i].reg is nonzero if all or part is passed in registers.
                   4224:         args[i].partial is nonzero if part but not all is passed in registers,
1.1.1.2   root     4225:          and the exact value says how many words are passed in registers.  */
                   4226: 
                   4227:       if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) == INTEGER_CST
1.1.1.6   root     4228:          && args_size.var == 0
                   4229:          /* error_mark_node here is a flag for the fake argument
                   4230:             for a structure value address.  */
                   4231:          && TREE_PURPOSE (p) != error_mark_node)
1.1.1.2   root     4232:        {
1.1.1.9   root     4233:          args[i].reg = FUNCTION_ARG (args_so_far, TYPE_MODE (type), type,
1.1.1.19  root     4234:                                      argpos < n_named_args);
1.1.1.16  root     4235:          /* If this argument needs more than the usual parm alignment, do
                   4236:             extrinsic padding to reach that alignment.  */
                   4237: 
                   4238: #ifdef MAX_PARM_BOUNDARY
                   4239:          /* If MAX_PARM_BOUNDARY is not defined, it means that the usual
                   4240:             alignment requirements are relaxed for parms, and that no parm
                   4241:             needs more than PARM_BOUNDARY, regardless of data type.  */
                   4242: 
                   4243:          if (PARM_BOUNDARY < TYPE_ALIGN (type))
                   4244:            {
                   4245:              int boundary = PARM_BOUNDARY;
                   4246: 
                   4247:              /* Determine the boundary to pad up to.  */
                   4248:              if (TYPE_ALIGN (type) > boundary)
                   4249:                boundary = TYPE_ALIGN (type);
                   4250:              if (boundary > MAX_PARM_BOUNDARY)
                   4251:                boundary = MAX_PARM_BOUNDARY;
                   4252: 
                   4253:              /* If the previous args don't reach such a boundary,
                   4254:                 advance to the next one.  */
1.1.1.17  root     4255:              boundary /= BITS_PER_UNIT;
1.1.1.16  root     4256:              args[i].offset.constant += boundary - 1;
1.1.1.17  root     4257:              args[i].offset.constant &= ~(boundary - 1);
1.1.1.16  root     4258:              args_size.constant += boundary - 1;
1.1.1.17  root     4259:              args_size.constant &= ~(boundary - 1);
1.1.1.16  root     4260: 
                   4261:              if (args_size.var != 0)
                   4262:                abort ();               /* This case not implemented yet */
                   4263:            }
                   4264: #endif /* MAX_PARM_BOUNDARY */
                   4265: 
1.1.1.2   root     4266: #ifdef FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS
1.1.1.9   root     4267:          args[i].partial
                   4268:            = FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS (args_so_far,
                   4269:                                          TYPE_MODE (type), type,
1.1.1.21! root     4270:                                          argpos < n_named_args);
1.1.1.2   root     4271: #endif
                   4272:        }
                   4273: 
1.1.1.9   root     4274:       /* Compute the stack-size of this argument.  */
1.1.1.2   root     4275: 
1.1.1.9   root     4276:       if (args[i].reg != 0 && args[i].partial == 0
                   4277:          && ! stack_count_regparms)
                   4278:        /* On most machines, don't count stack space for a register arg.  */
1.1.1.2   root     4279:        ;
                   4280:       else if (TYPE_MODE (type) != BLKmode)
                   4281:        {
                   4282:          register int size;
                   4283: 
1.1.1.19  root     4284:          /* If we are counting "up to zero" and find a stack parm
                   4285:             before we reach zero, skip up to zero.
                   4286:             Negative offsets correspond to registers.  */
                   4287:          if (stack_count_regparms && args_size.constant < 0
                   4288:              /* This used to check args[i].partial != 0,
                   4289:                 but on the Sparc now that seems to be 0.  */
                   4290:              && args[i].reg == 0)
                   4291:            {
                   4292:              args_size.constant = 0;
                   4293:              args[i].offset.constant = 0;
                   4294:            }
1.1.1.2   root     4295:          size = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (type));
                   4296:          /* Compute how much space the push instruction will push.
                   4297:             On many machines, pushing a byte will advance the stack
                   4298:             pointer by a halfword.  */
                   4299: #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING
                   4300:          size = PUSH_ROUNDING (size);
1.1       root     4301: #endif
1.1.1.2   root     4302:          /* Compute how much space the argument should get:
1.1.1.6   root     4303:             maybe pad to a multiple of the alignment for arguments.  */
1.1.1.16  root     4304:          if (none == FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (TYPE_MODE (type), const0_rtx))
1.1.1.9   root     4305:            args[i].size.constant = size;
1.1.1.6   root     4306:          else
1.1.1.9   root     4307:            args[i].size.constant
1.1.1.6   root     4308:              = (((size + PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT - 1)
                   4309:                  / (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT))
                   4310:                 * (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT));
1.1.1.2   root     4311:        }
                   4312:       else
                   4313:        {
                   4314:          register tree size = size_in_bytes (type);
                   4315: 
1.1.1.19  root     4316:          /* If we are counting "up to zero" and find a stack parm
                   4317:             before we reach zero, skip up to zero.
                   4318:             Negative offsets correspond to registers.  */
                   4319:          if (stack_count_regparms && args_size.constant < 0
                   4320:              /* This used to check args[i].partial != 0,
                   4321:                 but on the Sparc now that seems to be 0.  */
                   4322:              && args[i].reg == 0)
                   4323:            {
                   4324:              args_size.constant = 0;
                   4325:              args[i].offset.constant = 0;
                   4326:            }
                   4327: 
1.1.1.2   root     4328:          /* A nonscalar.  Round its size up to a multiple
1.1.1.9   root     4329:             of PARM_BOUNDARY bits, unless it is not supposed to be padded.  */
1.1.1.6   root     4330:          if (none
                   4331:              != FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (TYPE_MODE (type),
                   4332:                                       expand_expr (size, 0, VOIDmode, 0)))
                   4333:            size = convert_units (convert_units (size, BITS_PER_UNIT,
                   4334:                                                 PARM_BOUNDARY),
                   4335:                                  PARM_BOUNDARY, BITS_PER_UNIT);
1.1.1.9   root     4336:          ADD_PARM_SIZE (args[i].size, size);
                   4337: 
                   4338:          /* Certain data types may not be passed in registers
                   4339:             (eg C++ classes with constructors).
                   4340:             Also, BLKmode parameters initialized from CALL_EXPRs
                   4341:             are treated specially, if it is a win to do so.  */
                   4342:          if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (p)) == CALL_EXPR
1.1.1.13  root     4343:              || TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type))
1.1.1.9   root     4344:            {
1.1.1.13  root     4345:              if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type))
1.1.1.9   root     4346:                BLKmode_parms_forced = 1;
                   4347:              /* This is a marker for such a parameter.  */
                   4348:              args[i].stack = const0_rtx;
                   4349:              BLKmode_parms_sizes += TREE_INT_CST_LOW (size);
                   4350: 
                   4351:              /* If this parm's location is "below" the nominal stack pointer,
                   4352:                 note to decrement the stack pointer while it is computed.  */
                   4353: #ifdef FIRST_PARM_CALLER_OFFSET
                   4354:              if (BLKmode_parms_first_offset == 0)
                   4355:                BLKmode_parms_first_offset
                   4356:                  /* If parameter's offset is variable, assume the worst.  */
                   4357:                  = (args[i].offset.var
1.1.1.17  root     4358:                     ? FIRST_PARM_CALLER_OFFSET (funtype)
1.1.1.9   root     4359:                     : args[i].offset.constant);
                   4360: #endif
                   4361:            }
1.1.1.2   root     4362:        }
1.1.1.9   root     4363: 
1.1.1.2   root     4364:       /* If a part of the arg was put into registers,
                   4365:         don't include that part in the amount pushed.  */
1.1.1.9   root     4366:       if (! stack_count_regparms)
                   4367:        args[i].size.constant
                   4368:          -= ((args[i].partial * UNITS_PER_WORD)
                   4369:              / (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT)
                   4370:              * (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT));
1.1.1.2   root     4371: 
1.1.1.9   root     4372:       /* Update ARGS_SIZE, the total stack space for args so far.  */
1.1.1.2   root     4373: 
1.1.1.9   root     4374:       args_size.constant += args[i].size.constant;
                   4375:       if (args[i].size.var)
1.1.1.2   root     4376:        {
1.1.1.9   root     4377:          ADD_PARM_SIZE (args_size, args[i].size.var);
1.1.1.2   root     4378:        }
1.1.1.9   root     4379: 
                   4380:       /* Increment ARGS_SO_FAR, which has info about which arg-registers
                   4381:         have been used, etc.  */
                   4382: 
                   4383:       FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE (args_so_far, TYPE_MODE (type), type,
1.1.1.21! root     4384:                            argpos < n_named_args);
1.1.1.2   root     4385:     }
                   4386: 
1.1.1.9   root     4387:   /* If we would have to push a partially-in-regs parm
                   4388:      before other stack parms, preallocate stack space instead.  */
                   4389:   must_preallocate = 0;
                   4390:   {
                   4391:     int partial_seen = 0;
                   4392:     for (i = 0; i < num_actuals; i++)
                   4393:       {
                   4394:        if (args[i].partial > 0)
                   4395:          partial_seen = 1;
                   4396:        else if (partial_seen && args[i].reg == 0)
                   4397:          must_preallocate = 1;
                   4398:       }
                   4399:   }
                   4400: 
1.1.1.14  root     4401:   /* Precompute all register parameters.  It isn't safe to compute anything
                   4402:      once we have started filling any specific hard regs.
                   4403:      If this function call is cse'able, precompute all the parameters.  */
                   4404: 
                   4405:   reg_parm_seen = 0;
                   4406:   for (i = 0; i < num_actuals; i++)
                   4407:     if (args[i].reg != 0 || is_const)
                   4408:       {
1.1.1.15  root     4409:        int j;
                   4410:        int struct_value_lossage = 0;
                   4411: 
                   4412:        /* First, see if this is a precomputed struct-returning function call
                   4413:           and other subsequent parms are also such.  */
1.1.1.16  root     4414:        if ((TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (args[i].tree_value)) == BLKmode
                   4415:             || RETURN_IN_MEMORY (TREE_TYPE (args[i].tree_value)))
1.1.1.15  root     4416:            && TREE_CODE (args[i].tree_value) == CALL_EXPR)
                   4417:          for (j = i + 1; j < num_actuals; j++)
1.1.1.16  root     4418:            if ((TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (args[j].tree_value)) == BLKmode
                   4419:                 || RETURN_IN_MEMORY (TREE_TYPE (args[j].tree_value)))
1.1.1.15  root     4420:                && TREE_CODE (args[j].tree_value) == CALL_EXPR
                   4421:                && args[j].reg != 0 || is_const)
                   4422:              {
                   4423:                /* We have two precomputed structure-values call expressions
                   4424:                   in our parm list.  Both of them would normally use
                   4425:                   the structure-value block.  To avoid the conflict,
                   4426:                   compute this parm with a different temporary block.  */
                   4427:                int size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (args[i].tree_value));
                   4428:                rtx structval = assign_stack_local (BLKmode, size);
                   4429:                args[i].value = expand_expr (args[i].tree_value, structval,
                   4430:                                             VOIDmode, 0);
                   4431:                struct_value_lossage = 1;
                   4432:                break;
                   4433:              }
                   4434:        if (!struct_value_lossage)
                   4435:          args[i].value = expand_expr (args[i].tree_value, 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   4436: 
1.1.1.14  root     4437:        if (args[i].reg != 0)
                   4438:          reg_parm_seen = 1;
1.1.1.15  root     4439: 
1.1.1.14  root     4440:        if (GET_CODE (args[i].value) != MEM
                   4441:            && ! CONSTANT_P (args[i].value)
                   4442:            && GET_CODE (args[i].value) != CONST_DOUBLE)
                   4443:          args[i].value
                   4444:            = force_reg (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (args[i].tree_value)),
                   4445:                         args[i].value);
                   4446:        /* ANSI doesn't require a sequence point here,
                   4447:           but PCC has one, so this will avoid some problems.  */
                   4448:        emit_queue ();
                   4449:       }
                   4450: 
                   4451:   /* Get the function to call, in the form of RTL, if it is a constant.  */
                   4452:   if (fndecl && is_const)
                   4453:     {
                   4454:       /* Get a SYMBOL_REF rtx for the function address.  */
                   4455:       funexp = XEXP (DECL_RTL (fndecl), 0);
                   4456: 
                   4457: #ifndef NO_FUNCTION_CSE
                   4458:       /* Pass the address through a pseudoreg, if desired,
                   4459:         before the "beginning" of the library call.
                   4460:         So this insn isn't "part of" the library call, in case that
                   4461:         is deleted, or cse'd.  */
                   4462:       if (! flag_no_function_cse)
                   4463:        funexp = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, funexp);
                   4464: #endif
                   4465:     }
                   4466: 
                   4467:   /* Now we are about to start emitting insns that can be deleted
                   4468:      if the libcall is deleted.  */
                   4469:   insn_before = get_last_insn ();
                   4470: 
1.1.1.16  root     4471:   /* Maybe do additional rounding on the size of the arguments.  */
                   4472: #ifdef STACK_ARGS_ADJUST
                   4473:   STACK_ARGS_ADJUST (args_size);
                   4474: #endif
                   4475: 
1.1.1.9   root     4476:   /* If we have no actual push instructions, or shouldn't use them,
                   4477:      or we need a variable amount of space, make space for all args right now.
                   4478:      Round the needed size up to multiple of STACK_BOUNDARY.  */
1.1.1.2   root     4479: 
                   4480:   if (args_size.var != 0)
                   4481:     {
                   4482:       old_stack_level = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx);
                   4483:       old_pending_adj = pending_stack_adjust;
1.1.1.19  root     4484:       argblock = push_block (round_push (ARGS_SIZE_RTX (args_size)), 0);
1.1.1.2   root     4485:     }
1.1.1.9   root     4486:   else if (args_size.constant > 0)
1.1.1.2   root     4487:     {
                   4488:       int needed = args_size.constant;
                   4489: 
                   4490: #ifdef STACK_BOUNDARY
                   4491:       needed = (needed + STACK_BYTES - 1) / STACK_BYTES * STACK_BYTES;
1.1.1.19  root     4492:       stack_align = needed - args_size.constant;
1.1.1.2   root     4493: #endif
1.1.1.15  root     4494:       args_size.constant = needed;
1.1.1.2   root     4495: 
1.1.1.9   root     4496:       if (
1.1.1.2   root     4497: #ifndef PUSH_ROUNDING
1.1.1.9   root     4498:          1  /* Always preallocate if no push insns.  */
                   4499: #else
                   4500:          must_preallocate || BLKmode_parms_forced
                   4501:          || BLKmode_parms_sizes > (args_size.constant >> 1)
                   4502: #endif
                   4503:          )
1.1.1.2   root     4504:        {
1.1.1.19  root     4505:          if (inhibit_defer_pop == 0)
1.1.1.9   root     4506:            {
1.1.1.19  root     4507:              /* Try to reuse some or all of the pending_stack_adjust
                   4508:                 to get this space.  Maybe we can avoid any pushing.  */
                   4509:              if (needed > pending_stack_adjust)
                   4510:                {
                   4511:                  needed -= pending_stack_adjust;
                   4512:                  pending_stack_adjust = 0;
                   4513:                }
                   4514:              else
                   4515:                {
                   4516:                  pending_stack_adjust -= needed;
                   4517:                  needed = 0;
                   4518:                }
1.1.1.9   root     4519:            }
1.1.1.19  root     4520:          argblock = push_block (gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, needed), 0);
1.1.1.2   root     4521:        }
                   4522:     }
1.1.1.13  root     4523: #ifndef PUSH_ROUNDING
                   4524:   else if (BLKmode_parms_forced)
                   4525:     {
                   4526:       /* If we have reg-parms that need to be temporarily on the stack,
                   4527:         set up an arg block address even though there is no space
                   4528:         to be allocated for it.  */
1.1.1.19  root     4529:       argblock = push_block (const0_rtx, 0);
1.1.1.13  root     4530:     }
                   4531: #endif
1.1.1.2   root     4532: 
1.1.1.16  root     4533: #if 0
1.1.1.15  root     4534:   /* If stack needs padding below the args, increase all arg offsets
                   4535:      so the args are stored above the padding.  */
                   4536:   if (stack_padding)
                   4537:     for (i = 0; i < num_actuals; i++)
                   4538:       args[i].offset.constant += stack_padding;
                   4539: #endif
                   4540: 
1.1.1.9   root     4541:   /* Don't try to defer pops if preallocating, not even from the first arg,
                   4542:      since ARGBLOCK probably refers to the SP.  */
                   4543:   if (argblock)
                   4544:     NO_DEFER_POP;
                   4545: 
                   4546: #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
                   4547:   /* If any BLKmode parms need to be preallocated in space
                   4548:      below the nominal stack-pointer address, we need to adjust the
                   4549:      stack pointer so that this location is temporarily above it.
                   4550:      This ensures that computation won't clobber that space.  */
                   4551:   if (BLKmode_parms_first_offset < 0 && argblock != 0)
                   4552:     {
                   4553:       int needed = -BLKmode_parms_first_offset;
                   4554:       argblock = copy_to_reg (argblock);
                   4555: 
                   4556: #ifdef STACK_BOUNDARY
                   4557:       needed = (needed + STACK_BYTES - 1) / STACK_BYTES * STACK_BYTES;
                   4558: #endif
                   4559:       protected_stack = gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, needed);
                   4560:       anti_adjust_stack (protected_stack);
                   4561:     }
                   4562: #endif /* STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD */
                   4563: 
1.1.1.19  root     4564: #ifdef PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED
                   4565: #ifdef STACK_BOUNDARY
                   4566:   /* If we push args individually in reverse order, perform stack alignment
                   4567:      before the first push (the last arg).  */
                   4568:   if (argblock == 0 && stack_align > 0)
                   4569:     anti_adjust_stack (gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, stack_align));
                   4570: #endif
                   4571: #endif
                   4572: 
1.1.1.2   root     4573:   /* Get the function to call, in the form of RTL.  */
                   4574:   if (fndecl)
                   4575:     /* Get a SYMBOL_REF rtx for the function address.  */
                   4576:     funexp = XEXP (DECL_RTL (fndecl), 0);
                   4577:   else
                   4578:     /* Generate an rtx (probably a pseudo-register) for the address.  */
1.1.1.4   root     4579:     {
                   4580:       funexp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   4581:       emit_queue ();
                   4582:     }
1.1.1.2   root     4583: 
1.1.1.9   root     4584:   /* Now compute and store all non-register parms.
                   4585:      These come before register parms, since they can require block-moves,
                   4586:      which could clobber the registers used for register parms.
                   4587:      Parms which have partial registers are not stored here,
                   4588:      but we do preallocate space here if they want that.  */
1.1.1.2   root     4589: 
1.1       root     4590:   for (i = 0; i < num_actuals; i++)
                   4591:     {
1.1.1.9   root     4592:       /* Preallocate the stack space for a parm if appropriate
                   4593:         so it can be computed directly in the stack space.  */
                   4594:       if (args[i].stack != 0 && argblock != 0)
                   4595:        args[i].stack = target_for_arg (TREE_TYPE (args[i].tree_value),
                   4596:                                        ARGS_SIZE_RTX (args[i].size),
                   4597:                                        argblock, args[i].offset);
1.1       root     4598:       else
1.1.1.9   root     4599:        args[i].stack = 0;
1.1       root     4600: 
1.1.1.15  root     4601:       if (args[i].reg == 0
                   4602:          && TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (args[i].tree_value)) != 0)
1.1.1.9   root     4603:        store_one_arg (&args[i], argblock, may_be_alloca);
                   4604:     }
1.1       root     4605: 
1.1.1.9   root     4606:   /* Now store any partially-in-registers parm.
                   4607:      This is the last place a block-move can happen.  */
                   4608:   if (reg_parm_seen)
                   4609:     for (i = 0; i < num_actuals; i++)
                   4610:       if (args[i].partial != 0)
                   4611:        store_one_arg (&args[i], argblock, may_be_alloca);
1.1       root     4612: 
1.1.1.9   root     4613:   if (protected_stack != 0)
                   4614:     adjust_stack (protected_stack);
1.1       root     4615: 
1.1.1.19  root     4616: #ifndef PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED
                   4617: #ifdef STACK_BOUNDARY
                   4618:   /* If we pushed args in forward order, perform stack alignment
                   4619:      after pushing the last arg.  */
                   4620:   if (argblock == 0 && stack_align > 0)
                   4621:     anti_adjust_stack (gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, stack_align));
                   4622: #endif
                   4623: #endif
                   4624: 
1.1.1.20  root     4625:   /* If the function will be returning a structure, and if the address in
                   4626:      which to return the value isn't being passed as a parameter, pass it
                   4627:      now.  This may result in a register move or in a push; if it's a push,
                   4628:      we count on the called routine to pop it.  */
1.1.1.9   root     4629:   if (structure_value_addr && ! structure_value_addr_parm)
1.1.1.17  root     4630:     emit_move_insn (struct_value_rtx,
                   4631:                    force_reg (Pmode, force_operand (structure_value_addr, 0)));
1.1       root     4632: 
1.1.1.9   root     4633:   /* Now set up any wholly-register parms.  They were computed already.  */
                   4634:   if (reg_parm_seen)
                   4635:     for (i = 0; i < num_actuals; i++)
                   4636:       if (args[i].reg != 0 && args[i].partial == 0)
                   4637:        store_one_arg (&args[i], argblock, may_be_alloca);
1.1       root     4638: 
                   4639:   /* Perform postincrements before actually calling the function.  */
                   4640:   emit_queue ();
                   4641: 
1.1.1.2   root     4642:   /* All arguments and registers used for the call must be set up by now!  */
1.1       root     4643: 
1.1.1.2   root     4644:   /* ??? Other languages need a nontrivial second argument (static chain).  */
                   4645:   funexp = prepare_call_address (funexp, 0);
                   4646: 
1.1.1.18  root     4647:   /* Mark all register-parms as living through the call.  */
                   4648:   start_sequence ();
1.1.1.2   root     4649:   for (i = 0; i < num_actuals; i++)
1.1.1.9   root     4650:     if (args[i].reg != 0)
1.1.1.2   root     4651:       {
1.1.1.9   root     4652:        if (args[i].partial > 0)
                   4653:          use_regs (REGNO (args[i].reg), args[i].partial);
                   4654:        else if (GET_MODE (args[i].reg) == BLKmode)
                   4655:          use_regs (REGNO (args[i].reg),
1.1.1.18  root     4656:                    ((int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (args[i].tree_value))
                   4657:                      + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)
1.1.1.2   root     4658:                     / UNITS_PER_WORD));
                   4659:        else
1.1.1.9   root     4660:          emit_insn (gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, args[i].reg));
1.1.1.2   root     4661:       }
                   4662: 
1.1.1.17  root     4663:   if (structure_value_addr && ! structure_value_addr_parm
                   4664:       && GET_CODE (struct_value_rtx) == REG)
1.1.1.2   root     4665:     emit_insn (gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, struct_value_rtx));
                   4666: 
1.1.1.18  root     4667:   use_insns = gen_sequence ();
                   4668:   end_sequence ();
                   4669: 
1.1.1.2   root     4670:   /* Figure out the register where the value, if any, will come back.  */
                   4671:   valreg = 0;
                   4672:   if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != VOIDmode
1.1.1.18  root     4673:       && ! structure_value_addr)
                   4674:     {
                   4675:       if (pcc_struct_value)
                   4676:        valreg = hard_libcall_value (Pmode);
                   4677:       else
                   4678:        valreg = hard_function_value (TREE_TYPE (exp), fndecl);
                   4679:     }
1.1.1.2   root     4680: 
                   4681:   /* Generate the actual call instruction.  */
1.1.1.18  root     4682:   /* This also has the effect of turning off any pop-inhibition
                   4683:      done in expand_call.  */
1.1.1.9   root     4684:   if (args_size.constant < 0)
                   4685:     args_size.constant = 0;
1.1.1.2   root     4686:   emit_call_1 (funexp, funtype, args_size.constant,
                   4687:               FUNCTION_ARG (args_so_far, VOIDmode, void_type_node, 1),
1.1.1.18  root     4688:               valreg, old_inhibit_defer_pop, use_insns);
1.1       root     4689: 
                   4690: /* ???  Nothing has been done here to record control flow
                   4691:    when contained functions can do nonlocal gotos.  */
                   4692: 
1.1.1.2   root     4693:   /* For calls to `setjmp', etc., inform flow.c it should complain
                   4694:      if nonvolatile values are live.  */
                   4695: 
                   4696:   if (is_setjmp)
1.1.1.11  root     4697:     {
                   4698:       emit_note (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (fndecl)), NOTE_INSN_SETJMP);
                   4699:       current_function_calls_setjmp = 1;
                   4700:     }
1.1.1.2   root     4701: 
1.1.1.14  root     4702:   /* Notice functions that cannot return.
                   4703:      If optimizing, insns emitted below will be dead.
                   4704:      If not optimizing, they will exist, which is useful
                   4705:      if the user uses the `return' command in the debugger.  */
                   4706: 
                   4707:   if (fndecl && TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (fndecl))
                   4708:     emit_barrier ();
                   4709: 
1.1.1.19  root     4710:   /* If this call is to be cse'd, then make sure it balances the stack.  */
                   4711:   if (is_const)
                   4712:     do_pending_stack_adjust ();
                   4713: 
1.1.1.8   root     4714:   /* For calls to __builtin_new, note that it can never return 0.
                   4715:      This is because a new handler will be called, and 0 it not
                   4716:      among the numbers it is supposed to return.  */
                   4717: #if 0
                   4718:   if (is_builtin_new)
                   4719:     emit_note (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (fndecl)), NOTE_INSN_BUILTIN_NEW);
                   4720: #endif
1.1.1.2   root     4721: 
1.1       root     4722:   /* If value type not void, return an rtx for the value.  */
                   4723: 
1.1.1.13  root     4724:   /* If there are cleanups to be called, don't use a hard reg as target.  */
                   4725:   if (cleanups_of_this_call != old_cleanups
                   4726:       && target && REG_P (target)
                   4727:       && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   4728:     target = 0;
                   4729: 
1.1.1.20  root     4730:   result_copy_insn = 0;
                   4731: 
1.1.1.2   root     4732:   if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == VOIDmode
                   4733:       || ignore)
1.1       root     4734:     {
1.1.1.14  root     4735:       target = const0_rtx;
1.1       root     4736:     }
1.1.1.8   root     4737:   else if (structure_value_addr)
                   4738:     {
1.1.1.16  root     4739:       if (target == 0 || GET_CODE (target) != MEM)
                   4740:        target = gen_rtx (MEM, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
1.1.1.8   root     4741:                          memory_address (BLKmode, structure_value_addr));
                   4742:     }
1.1.1.15  root     4743:   else if (pcc_struct_value)
                   4744:     {
1.1.1.16  root     4745:       valreg = hard_function_value (build_pointer_type (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
                   4746:                                    fndecl);
                   4747:       if (target == 0)
                   4748:        target = gen_rtx (MEM, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
                   4749:                          copy_to_reg (valreg));
1.1.1.15  root     4750:       else if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != BLKmode)
1.1.1.20  root     4751:        result_copy_insn
                   4752:          = emit_move_insn (target, gen_rtx (MEM, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
                   4753:                                             copy_to_reg (valreg)));
1.1.1.15  root     4754:       else
                   4755:        emit_block_move (target, gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, copy_to_reg (valreg)),
                   4756:                         expr_size (exp),
                   4757:                         TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
                   4758:     }
1.1.1.8   root     4759:   else if (target && GET_MODE (target) == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)))
1.1       root     4760:     {
1.1.1.21! root     4761:       if (GET_CODE (target) != REG && !cse_not_expected)
        !          4762:        result_copy_insn = emit_move_insn (target, copy_to_reg (valreg));
        !          4763:       else if (!rtx_equal_p (target, valreg))
1.1.1.20  root     4764:        result_copy_insn = emit_move_insn (target, valreg);
1.1.1.2   root     4765:       else
                   4766:        /* This tells expand_inline_function to copy valreg to its target.  */
                   4767:        emit_insn (gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, valreg));
1.1       root     4768:     }
1.1.1.8   root     4769:   else
1.1.1.20  root     4770:     {
                   4771:       target = copy_to_reg (valreg);
                   4772:       result_copy_insn = get_last_insn ();
                   4773:     }
1.1.1.8   root     4774: 
1.1.1.9   root     4775:   /* Perform all cleanups needed for the arguments of this call
                   4776:      (i.e. destructors in C++).  */
                   4777:   while (cleanups_of_this_call != old_cleanups)
                   4778:     {
                   4779:       expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (cleanups_of_this_call), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   4780:       cleanups_of_this_call = TREE_CHAIN (cleanups_of_this_call);
                   4781:     }
                   4782: 
1.1.1.19  root     4783:   /* If we pushed this, pop it.  */
                   4784:   if (saved_structure_value_addr != 0)
                   4785:     pop_structure_value (saved_structure_value_addr,
                   4786:                         saved_structure_value_size);
                   4787: 
1.1.1.8   root     4788:   /* If size of args is variable, restore saved stack-pointer value.  */
                   4789: 
1.1.1.9   root     4790:   if (old_stack_level)
1.1.1.8   root     4791:     {
                   4792:       emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx, old_stack_level);
                   4793:       pending_stack_adjust = old_pending_adj;
                   4794:     }
                   4795: 
1.1.1.14  root     4796:   /* If call is cse'able, make appropriate pair of reg-notes around it.  */
                   4797:   if (is_const)
                   4798:     {
                   4799:       rtx insn_first = NEXT_INSN (insn_before);
                   4800:       rtx insn_last = get_last_insn ();
                   4801:       rtx note = 0;
                   4802: 
1.1.1.18  root     4803:       /* Don't put the notes on if we don't have insns that can hold them.  */
                   4804:       if ((GET_CODE (insn_first) == INSN
                   4805:           || GET_CODE (insn_first) == CALL_INSN
                   4806:           || GET_CODE (insn_first) == JUMP_INSN)
                   4807:          && (GET_CODE (insn_last) == INSN
                   4808:              || GET_CODE (insn_last) == CALL_INSN
1.1.1.20  root     4809:              || GET_CODE (insn_last) == JUMP_INSN)
                   4810:          && insn_last == result_copy_insn)
1.1.1.18  root     4811:        {
                   4812:          /* Construct an "equal form" for the value
                   4813:             which mentions all the arguments in order
                   4814:             as well as the function name.  */
                   4815:          for (i = 0; i < num_actuals; i++)
                   4816:            if (args[i].reg != 0 || is_const)
                   4817:              note = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode, args[i].value, note);
                   4818:          note = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode,
                   4819:                          XEXP (DECL_RTL (fndecl), 0), note);
                   4820: 
                   4821:          REG_NOTES (insn_last)
                   4822:            = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, REG_EQUAL, note,
                   4823:                       gen_rtx (INSN_LIST, REG_RETVAL, insn_first,
                   4824:                                REG_NOTES (insn_last)));
                   4825:          REG_NOTES (insn_first)
                   4826:            = gen_rtx (INSN_LIST, REG_LIBCALL, insn_last,
                   4827:                       REG_NOTES (insn_first));
                   4828:        }
1.1.1.14  root     4829:     }
                   4830: 
1.1.1.9   root     4831:   return target;
                   4832: }
                   4833: 
                   4834: /* Return an rtx which represents a suitable home on the stack
                   4835:    given TYPE, the type of the argument looking for a home.
                   4836:    This is called only for BLKmode arguments.
                   4837: 
                   4838:    SIZE is the size needed for this target.
                   4839:    ARGS_ADDR is the address of the bottom of the argument block for this call.
                   4840:    OFFSET describes this parameter's offset into ARGS_ADDR.  It is meaningless
                   4841:    if this machine uses push insns.  */
                   4842: 
                   4843: static rtx
                   4844: target_for_arg (type, size, args_addr, offset)
                   4845:      tree type;
                   4846:      rtx size;
                   4847:      rtx args_addr;
                   4848:      struct args_size offset;
                   4849: {
                   4850:   rtx target;
                   4851:   rtx offset_rtx = ARGS_SIZE_RTX (offset);
                   4852: 
                   4853:   /* We do not call memory_address if possible,
                   4854:      because we want to address as close to the stack
                   4855:      as possible.  For non-variable sized arguments,
                   4856:      this will be stack-pointer relative addressing.  */
                   4857:   if (GET_CODE (offset_rtx) == CONST_INT)
                   4858:     target = plus_constant (args_addr, INTVAL (offset_rtx));
                   4859:   else
1.1.1.8   root     4860:     {
1.1.1.9   root     4861:       /* I have no idea how to guarantee that this
                   4862:         will work in the presence of register parameters.  */
                   4863:       target = gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode, args_addr, offset_rtx);
                   4864:       target = memory_address (QImode, target);
1.1.1.8   root     4865:     }
1.1.1.9   root     4866: 
                   4867:   return gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, target);
                   4868: }
                   4869: 
                   4870: /* Store a single argument for a function call
                   4871:    into the register or memory area where it must be passed.
                   4872:    *ARG describes the argument value and where to pass it.
                   4873:    ARGBLOCK is the address of the stack-block for all the arguments,
                   4874:    or 0 on a machine where arguemnts are pushed individually.
                   4875:    MAY_BE_ALLOCA nonzero says this could be a call to `alloca'
                   4876:    so must be careful about how the stack is used.  */
                   4877: 
                   4878: static void
                   4879: store_one_arg (arg, argblock, may_be_alloca)
                   4880:      struct arg_data *arg;
                   4881:      rtx argblock;
                   4882:      int may_be_alloca;
                   4883: {
                   4884:   register tree pval = arg->tree_value;
                   4885:   int used = 0;
                   4886: 
                   4887:   if (TREE_CODE (pval) == ERROR_MARK)
                   4888:     return;
                   4889: 
                   4890:   if (arg->reg != 0 && arg->partial == 0)
                   4891:     {
                   4892:       /* Being passed entirely in a register.  */
                   4893:       if (arg->value != 0)
                   4894:        {
                   4895:          if (GET_MODE (arg->value) == BLKmode)
                   4896:            move_block_to_reg (REGNO (arg->reg), arg->value,
1.1.1.18  root     4897:                               ((int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (pval))
                   4898:                                 + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)
1.1.1.9   root     4899:                                / UNITS_PER_WORD));
                   4900:          else
                   4901:            emit_move_insn (arg->reg, arg->value);
                   4902:        }
                   4903:       else
                   4904:        store_expr (pval, arg->reg, 0);
                   4905: 
                   4906:       /* Don't allow anything left on stack from computation
                   4907:         of argument to alloca.  */
                   4908:       if (may_be_alloca)
                   4909:        do_pending_stack_adjust ();
                   4910:     }
                   4911:   else if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (pval)) != BLKmode)
                   4912:     {
                   4913:       register int size;
                   4914:       rtx tem;
                   4915: 
                   4916:       /* Argument is a scalar, not entirely passed in registers.
                   4917:         (If part is passed in registers, arg->partial says how much
                   4918:         and emit_push_insn will take care of putting it there.)
                   4919:         
                   4920:         Push it, and if its size is less than the
                   4921:         amount of space allocated to it,
                   4922:         also bump stack pointer by the additional space.
                   4923:         Note that in C the default argument promotions
                   4924:         will prevent such mismatches.  */
                   4925: 
1.1.1.21! root     4926:       size = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (pval)));
1.1.1.9   root     4927:       /* Compute how much space the push instruction will push.
                   4928:         On many machines, pushing a byte will advance the stack
                   4929:         pointer by a halfword.  */
                   4930: #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING
                   4931:       size = PUSH_ROUNDING (size);
                   4932: #endif
1.1.1.21! root     4933:       used = size;
        !          4934: 
1.1.1.9   root     4935:       /* Compute how much space the argument should get:
                   4936:         round up to a multiple of the alignment for arguments.  */
1.1.1.16  root     4937:       if (none != FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (pval)), const0_rtx))
1.1.1.9   root     4938:        used = (((size + PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT - 1)
                   4939:                 / (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT))
                   4940:                * (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT));
                   4941: 
                   4942:       tem = arg->value;
                   4943:       if (tem == 0)
                   4944:        {
                   4945:          tem = expand_expr (pval, 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   4946:          /* ANSI doesn't require a sequence point here,
                   4947:             but PCC has one, so this will avoid some problems.  */
                   4948:          emit_queue ();
                   4949:        }
                   4950: 
                   4951:       /* Don't allow anything left on stack from computation
                   4952:         of argument to alloca.  */
                   4953:       if (may_be_alloca)
                   4954:        do_pending_stack_adjust ();
                   4955: 
                   4956:       emit_push_insn (tem, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (pval)), 0, 0,
                   4957:                      arg->partial, arg->reg, used - size,
                   4958:                      argblock, ARGS_SIZE_RTX (arg->offset));
                   4959:     }
                   4960:   else if (arg->stack != 0)
                   4961:     {
1.1.1.14  root     4962:       /* BLKmode parm, not entirely passed in registers,
                   4963:         and with space already allocated.  */
                   4964: 
                   4965:       tree sizetree = size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (pval));
                   4966:       /* Round the size up to multiple of PARM_BOUNDARY bits.  */
                   4967:       tree s1 = convert_units (sizetree, BITS_PER_UNIT, PARM_BOUNDARY);
                   4968:       tree s2 = convert_units (s1, PARM_BOUNDARY, BITS_PER_UNIT);
                   4969: 
                   4970:       /* Find out if the parm needs padding, and whether above or below.  */
                   4971:       enum direction where_pad
                   4972:        = FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (pval)),
                   4973:                                expand_expr (sizetree, 0, VOIDmode, 0));
                   4974: 
                   4975:       /* If it is padded below, adjust the stack address
                   4976:         upward over the padding.  */
                   4977: 
                   4978:       if (where_pad == downward)
                   4979:        {
                   4980:          rtx offset_rtx;
                   4981:          rtx address = XEXP (arg->stack, 0);
                   4982:          struct args_size stack_offset;
                   4983: 
                   4984:          stack_offset.constant = 0;
                   4985:          stack_offset.var = 0;
                   4986: 
                   4987:          /* Compute amount of padding.  */
                   4988:          ADD_PARM_SIZE (stack_offset, s2);
                   4989:          SUB_PARM_SIZE (stack_offset, sizetree);
                   4990:          offset_rtx = ARGS_SIZE_RTX (stack_offset);
                   4991: 
                   4992:          /* Adjust the address to store at.  */
                   4993:          if (GET_CODE (offset_rtx) == CONST_INT)
                   4994:            address = plus_constant (address, INTVAL (offset_rtx));
                   4995:          else
                   4996:            {
                   4997:              address = gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode, address, offset_rtx);
                   4998:              address = memory_address (QImode, address);
                   4999:            }
                   5000:          arg->stack = change_address (arg->stack, VOIDmode, address);
                   5001:        }
                   5002: 
1.1.1.12  root     5003:       /* ARG->stack probably refers to the stack-pointer.  If so,
                   5004:         stabilize it, in case stack-pointer changes during evaluation.  */
                   5005:       if (reg_mentioned_p (stack_pointer_rtx, arg->stack))
                   5006:        arg->stack = change_address (arg->stack, VOIDmode,
                   5007:                                     copy_to_reg (XEXP (arg->stack, 0)));
1.1.1.9   root     5008:       /* BLKmode argument that should go in a prespecified stack location.  */
                   5009:       if (arg->value == 0)
                   5010:        /* Not yet computed => compute it there.  */
                   5011:        /* ??? This should be changed to tell expand_expr
                   5012:           that it can store directly in the target.  */
                   5013:        arg->value = store_expr (arg->tree_value, arg->stack, 0);
                   5014:       else if (arg->value != arg->stack)
                   5015:        /* It was computed somewhere, but not where we wanted.
                   5016:           For example, the value may have come from an official
                   5017:           local variable or parameter.  In that case, expand_expr
                   5018:           does not fill our suggested target.  */
                   5019:        emit_block_move (arg->stack, arg->value, ARGS_SIZE_RTX (arg->size),
1.1.1.10  root     5020:                         TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (pval)) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
1.1.1.9   root     5021: 
                   5022:       /* Now, if this value wanted to be partly in registers,
                   5023:         move the value from the stack to the registers
                   5024:         that are supposed to hold the values.  */
                   5025:       if (arg->partial > 0)
                   5026:        move_block_to_reg (REGNO (arg->reg), arg->stack, arg->partial);
                   5027:     }
                   5028:   else
                   5029:     {
1.1.1.14  root     5030:       /* BLKmode, at least partly to be pushed.  */
                   5031: 
1.1.1.9   root     5032:       register rtx tem
                   5033:        = arg->value ? arg->value : expand_expr (pval, 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   5034:       register int excess;
                   5035:       rtx size_rtx;
                   5036: 
                   5037:       /* Pushing a nonscalar.
                   5038:         If part is passed in registers, arg->partial says how much
                   5039:         and emit_push_insn will take care of putting it there.  */
                   5040: 
                   5041:       /* Round its size up to a multiple
                   5042:         of the allocation unit for arguments.  */
                   5043: 
                   5044:       if (arg->size.var != 0)
                   5045:        {
                   5046:          excess = 0;
                   5047:          size_rtx = ARGS_SIZE_RTX (arg->size);
                   5048:        }
                   5049:       else
                   5050:        {
                   5051:          register tree size = size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (pval));
                   5052:          /* PUSH_ROUNDING has no effect on us, because
                   5053:             emit_push_insn for BLKmode is careful to avoid it.  */
1.1.1.17  root     5054:          excess = (arg->size.constant - TREE_INT_CST_LOW (size)
                   5055:                    + arg->partial * UNITS_PER_WORD);
1.1.1.9   root     5056:          size_rtx = expand_expr (size, 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   5057:        }
                   5058: 
                   5059:       if (arg->stack)
                   5060:        abort ();
                   5061: 
                   5062:       emit_push_insn (tem, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (pval)), size_rtx,
                   5063:                      TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (pval)) / BITS_PER_UNIT,
                   5064:                      arg->partial, arg->reg, excess, argblock,
                   5065:                      ARGS_SIZE_RTX (arg->offset));
                   5066:     }
                   5067: 
                   5068:   /* Once we have pushed something, pops can't safely
                   5069:      be deferred during the rest of the arguments.  */
                   5070:   NO_DEFER_POP;
1.1       root     5071: }
                   5072: 
                   5073: /* Expand conditional expressions.  */
                   5074: 
                   5075: /* Generate code to evaluate EXP and jump to LABEL if the value is zero.
                   5076:    LABEL is an rtx of code CODE_LABEL, in this function and all the
                   5077:    functions here.  */
                   5078: 
1.1.1.2   root     5079: void
1.1       root     5080: jumpifnot (exp, label)
                   5081:      tree exp;
                   5082:      rtx label;
                   5083: {
                   5084:   do_jump (exp, label, 0);
                   5085: }
                   5086: 
                   5087: /* Generate code to evaluate EXP and jump to LABEL if the value is nonzero.  */
                   5088: 
1.1.1.2   root     5089: void
1.1       root     5090: jumpif (exp, label)
                   5091:      tree exp;
                   5092:      rtx label;
                   5093: {
                   5094:   do_jump (exp, 0, label);
                   5095: }
                   5096: 
                   5097: /* Generate code to evaluate EXP and jump to IF_FALSE_LABEL if
                   5098:    the result is zero, or IF_TRUE_LABEL if the result is one.
                   5099:    Either of IF_FALSE_LABEL and IF_TRUE_LABEL may be zero,
                   5100:    meaning fall through in that case.
                   5101: 
                   5102:    This function is responsible for optimizing cases such as
                   5103:    &&, || and comparison operators in EXP.  */
                   5104: 
1.1.1.2   root     5105: void
1.1       root     5106: do_jump (exp, if_false_label, if_true_label)
                   5107:      tree exp;
                   5108:      rtx if_false_label, if_true_label;
                   5109: {
                   5110:   register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp);
                   5111:   /* Some cases need to create a label to jump to
                   5112:      in order to properly fall through.
                   5113:      These cases set DROP_THROUGH_LABEL nonzero.  */
                   5114:   rtx drop_through_label = 0;
                   5115:   rtx temp;
                   5116:   rtx comparison = 0;
                   5117: 
                   5118:   emit_queue ();
                   5119: 
                   5120:   switch (code)
                   5121:     {
                   5122:     case ERROR_MARK:
                   5123:       break;
                   5124: 
                   5125:     case INTEGER_CST:
                   5126:       temp = integer_zerop (exp) ? if_false_label : if_true_label;
                   5127:       if (temp)
                   5128:        emit_jump (temp);
                   5129:       break;
                   5130: 
                   5131:     case ADDR_EXPR:
                   5132:       /* The address of something can never be zero.  */
                   5133:       if (if_true_label)
                   5134:        emit_jump (if_true_label);
                   5135:       break;
1.1.1.6   root     5136: 
1.1       root     5137:     case NOP_EXPR:
                   5138:       do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, if_true_label);
                   5139:       break;
                   5140: 
                   5141:     case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
                   5142:       do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_true_label, if_false_label);
                   5143:       break;
                   5144: 
                   5145:     case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
                   5146:       if (if_false_label == 0)
                   5147:        if_false_label = drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx ();
                   5148:       do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, 0);
                   5149:       do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), if_false_label, if_true_label);
                   5150:       break;
                   5151: 
                   5152:     case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
                   5153:       if (if_true_label == 0)
                   5154:        if_true_label = drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx ();
                   5155:       do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, if_true_label);
                   5156:       do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), if_false_label, if_true_label);
                   5157:       break;
                   5158: 
                   5159:     case COMPOUND_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     5160:       expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0);
1.1       root     5161:       emit_queue ();
                   5162:       do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), if_false_label, if_true_label);
                   5163:       break;
                   5164: 
                   5165:     case COND_EXPR:
                   5166:       {
                   5167:        register rtx label1 = gen_label_rtx ();
                   5168:        drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx ();
                   5169:        do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), label1, 0);
                   5170:        /* Now the THEN-expression.  */
                   5171:        do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1),
                   5172:                 if_false_label ? if_false_label : drop_through_label,
                   5173:                 if_true_label ? if_true_label : drop_through_label);
                   5174:        emit_label (label1);
                   5175:        /* Now the ELSE-expression.  */
                   5176:        do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2),
                   5177:                 if_false_label ? if_false_label : drop_through_label,
                   5178:                 if_true_label ? if_true_label : drop_through_label);
                   5179:       }
                   5180:       break;
                   5181: 
                   5182:     case EQ_EXPR:
                   5183:       comparison = compare (exp, EQ, EQ, EQ, EQ);
                   5184:       break;
                   5185: 
                   5186:     case NE_EXPR:
                   5187:       comparison = compare (exp, NE, NE, NE, NE);
                   5188:       break;
                   5189: 
                   5190:     case LT_EXPR:
                   5191:       comparison = compare (exp, LT, LTU, GT, GTU);
                   5192:       break;
                   5193: 
                   5194:     case LE_EXPR:
                   5195:       comparison = compare (exp, LE, LEU, GE, GEU);
                   5196:       break;
                   5197: 
                   5198:     case GT_EXPR:
                   5199:       comparison = compare (exp, GT, GTU, LT, LTU);
                   5200:       break;
                   5201: 
                   5202:     case GE_EXPR:
                   5203:       comparison = compare (exp, GE, GEU, LE, LEU);
                   5204:       break;
                   5205: 
                   5206:     default:
                   5207:       temp = expand_expr (exp, 0, VOIDmode, 0);
1.1.1.2   root     5208:       /* Copy to register to avoid generating bad insns by cse
                   5209:         from (set (mem ...) (arithop))  (set (cc0) (mem ...)).  */
                   5210:       if (!cse_not_expected && GET_CODE (temp) == MEM)
                   5211:        temp = copy_to_reg (temp);
1.1       root     5212:       do_pending_stack_adjust ();
1.1.1.2   root     5213:       {
1.1.1.16  root     5214:        rtx zero = CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (temp));
1.1       root     5215: 
1.1.1.2   root     5216:        if (GET_CODE (temp) == CONST_INT)
                   5217:          comparison = compare_constants (NE, 0,
                   5218:                                          INTVAL (temp), 0, BITS_PER_WORD);
                   5219:        else if (GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode)
                   5220:          comparison = compare1 (temp, zero, NE, NE, 0, GET_MODE (temp));
                   5221:        else
                   5222:          abort ();
                   5223:       }
1.1       root     5224:     }
                   5225: 
1.1.1.2   root     5226:   /* Do any postincrements in the expression that was tested.  */
                   5227:   emit_queue ();
                   5228: 
1.1       root     5229:   /* If COMPARISON is nonzero here, it is an rtx that can be substituted
                   5230:      straight into a conditional jump instruction as the jump condition.
                   5231:      Otherwise, all the work has been done already.  */
                   5232: 
1.1.1.2   root     5233:   if (comparison == const1_rtx)
                   5234:     {
                   5235:       if (if_true_label)
                   5236:        emit_jump (if_true_label);
                   5237:     }
                   5238:   else if (comparison == const0_rtx)
                   5239:     {
                   5240:       if (if_false_label)
                   5241:        emit_jump (if_false_label);
                   5242:     }
                   5243:   else if (comparison)
                   5244:     {
                   5245:       if (if_true_label)
                   5246:        {
1.1.1.13  root     5247:          if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)] != 0)
                   5248:            emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)]) (if_true_label));
                   5249:          else
                   5250:            abort ();
                   5251: 
1.1.1.2   root     5252:          if (if_false_label)
                   5253:            emit_jump (if_false_label);
                   5254:        }
                   5255:       else if (if_false_label)
                   5256:        {
1.1.1.13  root     5257:          rtx pat;
                   5258: 
                   5259:          if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)] == 0)
                   5260:            abort ();
                   5261: 
                   5262:          pat = (*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)]) (if_false_label);
                   5263:          /* Now invert the sense of the jump by exchanging the two arms
                   5264:             of each IF_THEN_ELSE.  Note that inverting the condition
                   5265:             would be incorrect for IEEE floating point with nans!  */
1.1.1.14  root     5266:          if (GET_CODE (pat) == SEQUENCE)
                   5267:            {
                   5268:              int i;
                   5269:              /* We can invert a sequence if the only jump is at the end.  */
1.1.1.18  root     5270:              for (i = 0; i < (int) (XVECLEN (pat, 0) - 1); i++)
1.1.1.14  root     5271:                if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (pat, 0, i)) == JUMP_INSN)
                   5272:                  abort ();
1.1.1.16  root     5273:              invert_exp (PATTERN (XVECEXP (pat, 0, XVECLEN (pat, 0) - 1)),
                   5274:                          0, 0);
1.1.1.14  root     5275:            }
                   5276:          else
                   5277:            invert_exp (pat, 0, 0);
                   5278: 
1.1.1.13  root     5279:          emit_jump_insn (pat);
1.1.1.2   root     5280:        }
                   5281:     }
1.1       root     5282: 
                   5283:   if (drop_through_label)
                   5284:     emit_label (drop_through_label);
                   5285: }
                   5286: 
1.1.1.2   root     5287: /* Compare two integer constant rtx's, OP0 and OP1.
                   5288:    The comparison operation is OPERATION.
                   5289:    Return an rtx representing the value 1 or 0.
                   5290:    WIDTH is the width in bits that is significant.  */
                   5291: 
                   5292: static rtx
                   5293: compare_constants (operation, unsignedp, op0, op1, width)
                   5294:      enum rtx_code operation;
                   5295:      int unsignedp;
                   5296:      int op0, op1;
                   5297:      int width;
                   5298: {
                   5299:   int val;
                   5300: 
                   5301:   /* Sign-extend or zero-extend the operands to a full word
                   5302:      from an initial width of WIDTH bits.  */
                   5303:   if (width < HOST_BITS_PER_INT)
                   5304:     {
                   5305:       op0 &= (1 << width) - 1;
                   5306:       op1 &= (1 << width) - 1;
                   5307: 
                   5308:       if (! unsignedp)
                   5309:        {
                   5310:          if (op0 & (1 << (width - 1)))
                   5311:            op0 |= ((-1) << width);
                   5312:          if (op1 & (1 << (width - 1)))
                   5313:            op1 |= ((-1) << width);
                   5314:        }
                   5315:     }
                   5316: 
                   5317:   switch (operation)
                   5318:     {
                   5319:     case EQ:
                   5320:       val = op0 == op1;
                   5321:       break;
                   5322: 
                   5323:     case NE:
                   5324:       val = op0 != op1;
                   5325:       break;
                   5326: 
                   5327:     case GT:
                   5328:     case GTU:
                   5329:       val = op0 > op1;
                   5330:       break;
                   5331: 
                   5332:     case LT:
                   5333:     case LTU:
                   5334:       val = op0 < op1;
                   5335:       break;
                   5336: 
                   5337:     case GE:
                   5338:     case GEU:
                   5339:       val = op0 >= op1;
                   5340:       break;
                   5341: 
                   5342:     case LE:
                   5343:     case LEU:
                   5344:       val = op0 <= op1;
                   5345:     }
                   5346: 
                   5347:   return val ? const1_rtx : const0_rtx;
                   5348: }
                   5349: 
1.1       root     5350: /* Generate code for a comparison expression EXP
                   5351:    (including code to compute the values to be compared)
                   5352:    and set (CC0) according to the result.
                   5353:    SIGNED_FORWARD should be the rtx operation for this comparison for
                   5354:    signed data; UNSIGNED_FORWARD, likewise for use if data is unsigned.
                   5355:    SIGNED_REVERSE and UNSIGNED_REVERSE are used if it is desirable
                   5356:    to interchange the operands for the compare instruction.
                   5357: 
                   5358:    We force a stack adjustment unless there are currently
                   5359:    things pushed on the stack that aren't yet used.  */
                   5360: 
                   5361: static rtx
                   5362: compare (exp, signed_forward, unsigned_forward,
                   5363:         signed_reverse, unsigned_reverse)
                   5364:      register tree exp;
                   5365:      enum rtx_code signed_forward, unsigned_forward;
                   5366:      enum rtx_code signed_reverse, unsigned_reverse;
                   5367: {
1.1.1.2   root     5368: 
1.1       root     5369:   register rtx op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   5370:   register rtx op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   5371:   register enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (op0);
                   5372:   int unsignedp;
                   5373: 
                   5374:   /* If one operand is 0, make it the second one.  */
                   5375: 
1.1.1.16  root     5376:   if (op0 == const0_rtx
                   5377:       || (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT && op0 == CONST0_RTX (mode)))
1.1       root     5378:     {
                   5379:       rtx tem = op0;
                   5380:       op0 = op1;
                   5381:       op1 = tem;
                   5382:       signed_forward = signed_reverse;
                   5383:       unsigned_forward = unsigned_reverse;
                   5384:     }
                   5385: 
1.1.1.2   root     5386:   if (flag_force_mem)
1.1       root     5387:     {
                   5388:       op0 = force_not_mem (op0);
                   5389:       op1 = force_not_mem (op1);
                   5390:     }
                   5391: 
                   5392:   do_pending_stack_adjust ();
                   5393: 
1.1.1.2   root     5394:   unsignedp = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))
                   5395:               || TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))));
                   5396: 
                   5397:   if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
                   5398:     return compare_constants (signed_forward, unsignedp,
                   5399:                              INTVAL (op0), INTVAL (op1),
                   5400:                              GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))));
1.1       root     5401: 
                   5402:   emit_cmp_insn (op0, op1,
                   5403:                 (mode == BLKmode) ? expr_size (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) : 0,
1.1.1.14  root     5404:                 unsignedp,
                   5405:                 TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
1.1       root     5406: 
                   5407:   return gen_rtx ((unsignedp ? unsigned_forward : signed_forward),
                   5408:                  VOIDmode, cc0_rtx, const0_rtx);
                   5409: }
                   5410: 
                   5411: /* Like compare but expects the values to compare as two rtx's.
                   5412:    The decision as to signed or unsigned comparison must be made by the caller.
                   5413:    BLKmode is not allowed.  */
                   5414: 
                   5415: static rtx
1.1.1.2   root     5416: compare1 (op0, op1, forward_op, reverse_op, unsignedp, mode)
1.1       root     5417:      register rtx op0, op1;
                   5418:      enum rtx_code forward_op, reverse_op;
                   5419:      int unsignedp;
1.1.1.2   root     5420:      enum machine_mode mode;
1.1       root     5421: {
                   5422:   /* If one operand is 0, make it the second one.  */
                   5423: 
1.1.1.16  root     5424:   if (op0 == const0_rtx
                   5425:       || (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT && op0 == CONST0_RTX (mode)))
1.1       root     5426:     {
                   5427:       rtx tem = op0;
                   5428:       op0 = op1;
                   5429:       op1 = tem;
                   5430:       forward_op = reverse_op;
                   5431:     }
                   5432: 
1.1.1.2   root     5433:   if (flag_force_mem)
1.1       root     5434:     {
                   5435:       op0 = force_not_mem (op0);
                   5436:       op1 = force_not_mem (op1);
                   5437:     }
                   5438: 
                   5439:   do_pending_stack_adjust ();
                   5440: 
1.1.1.2   root     5441:   if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
                   5442:     return compare_constants (forward_op, unsignedp,
                   5443:                              INTVAL (op0), INTVAL (op1),
                   5444:                              GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode));
                   5445: 
1.1.1.14  root     5446:   emit_cmp_insn (op0, op1, 0, unsignedp, 0);
1.1       root     5447: 
                   5448:   return gen_rtx (forward_op, VOIDmode, cc0_rtx, const0_rtx);
                   5449: }
                   5450: 
                   5451: /* Generate code to calculate EXP using a store-flag instruction
                   5452:    and return an rtx for the result.
                   5453:    If TARGET is nonzero, store the result there if convenient.
                   5454: 
                   5455:    Return zero if there is no suitable set-flag instruction
                   5456:    available on this machine.  */
                   5457: 
                   5458: static rtx
1.1.1.2   root     5459: do_store_flag (exp, target, mode)
1.1       root     5460:      tree exp;
                   5461:      rtx target;
1.1.1.2   root     5462:      enum machine_mode mode;
1.1       root     5463: {
                   5464:   register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp);
                   5465:   register rtx comparison = 0;
1.1.1.2   root     5466:   enum machine_mode compare_mode;
1.1.1.17  root     5467:   rtx prev_insn = get_last_insn ();
                   5468:   enum insn_code icode;
1.1       root     5469: 
                   5470:   switch (code)
                   5471:     {
1.1.1.2   root     5472: #ifdef HAVE_seq
1.1       root     5473:     case EQ_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     5474:       if (HAVE_seq)
                   5475:        {
                   5476:          comparison = compare (exp, EQ, EQ, EQ, EQ);
1.1.1.17  root     5477:          icode = CODE_FOR_seq;
1.1.1.2   root     5478:          compare_mode = insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_seq][0];
                   5479:        }
1.1       root     5480:       break;
                   5481: #endif
                   5482: 
1.1.1.2   root     5483: #ifdef HAVE_sne
1.1       root     5484:     case NE_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     5485:       if (HAVE_sne)
                   5486:        {
                   5487:          comparison = compare (exp, NE, NE, NE, NE);
1.1.1.17  root     5488:          icode = CODE_FOR_sne;
1.1.1.2   root     5489:          compare_mode = insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_sne][0];
                   5490:        }
1.1       root     5491:       break;
                   5492: #endif
                   5493: 
1.1.1.2   root     5494: #if defined (HAVE_slt) && defined (HAVE_sltu) && defined (HAVE_sgt) && defined (HAVE_sgtu)
1.1       root     5495:     case LT_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     5496:       if (HAVE_slt && HAVE_sltu && HAVE_sgt && HAVE_sgtu)
                   5497:        {
                   5498:          comparison = compare (exp, LT, LTU, GT, GTU);
1.1.1.17  root     5499:          icode = CODE_FOR_slt;
1.1.1.2   root     5500:          compare_mode = insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_slt][0];
                   5501:        }
1.1       root     5502:       break;
                   5503: 
                   5504:     case GT_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     5505:       if (HAVE_slt && HAVE_sltu && HAVE_sgt && HAVE_sgtu)
                   5506:        {
                   5507:          comparison = compare (exp, GT, GTU, LT, LTU);
1.1.1.17  root     5508:          icode = CODE_FOR_slt;
1.1.1.2   root     5509:          compare_mode = insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_slt][0];
                   5510:        }
1.1       root     5511:       break;
                   5512: #endif
                   5513: 
1.1.1.2   root     5514: #if defined (HAVE_sle) && defined (HAVE_sleu) && defined (HAVE_sge) && defined (HAVE_sgeu)
1.1       root     5515:     case LE_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     5516:       if (HAVE_sle && HAVE_sleu && HAVE_sge && HAVE_sgeu)
                   5517:        {
                   5518:          comparison = compare (exp, LE, LEU, GE, GEU);
1.1.1.17  root     5519:          icode = CODE_FOR_sle;
1.1.1.2   root     5520:          compare_mode = insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_sle][0];
                   5521:        }
1.1       root     5522:       break;
                   5523: 
                   5524:     case GE_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     5525:       if (HAVE_sle && HAVE_sleu && HAVE_sge && HAVE_sgeu)
                   5526:        {
                   5527:          comparison = compare (exp, GE, GEU, LE, LEU);
1.1.1.17  root     5528:          icode = CODE_FOR_sle;
1.1.1.2   root     5529:          compare_mode = insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_sle][0];
                   5530:        }
1.1       root     5531:       break;
                   5532: #endif
                   5533:     }
                   5534:   if (comparison == 0)
                   5535:     return 0;
                   5536: 
1.1.1.2   root     5537:   if (target == 0 || GET_MODE (target) != mode
1.1.1.17  root     5538:       /* Don't use specified target unless the insn can handle it.  */
                   5539:       || ! (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) icode][0]) (target, mode)
                   5540:       /* When modes don't match, don't use specified target,
                   5541:         because it might be the same as an operand,
                   5542:         and then the CLOBBER output below would screw up.  */
                   5543:       || (mode != compare_mode && GET_CODE (comparison) != CONST_INT))
1.1.1.2   root     5544:     target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
                   5545: 
                   5546:   /* Store the comparison in its proper mode.  */
1.1.1.13  root     5547:   if (GET_CODE (comparison) == CONST_INT)
                   5548:     emit_move_insn (target, comparison);
                   5549:   else if (GET_MODE (target) != compare_mode)
1.1.1.17  root     5550:     {
                   5551:       /* We want a different mode: store result in its natural mode.
                   5552:         Combine the mode conversion with the truncation we must do anyway.  */
                   5553:       /* Put a CLOBBER before the compare, so we don't come between
                   5554:         the compare and the insn that uses the result.  */
                   5555:       emit_insn_after (gen_rtx (CLOBBER, VOIDmode, target), prev_insn);
                   5556:       emit_insn ((*setcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)])
                   5557:                 (gen_rtx (SUBREG, compare_mode, target, 0)));
                   5558:       /* If the desired mode is wider than what we got,
                   5559:         use an AND to convert it, but not if we will do one anyway.  */
                   5560: #if STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1
                   5561:       if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (compare_mode))
                   5562:        expand_bit_and (mode, target, const1_rtx, target);
                   5563: #endif
                   5564:     }
1.1.1.2   root     5565:   else
1.1.1.13  root     5566:     emit_insn ((*setcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)]) (target));
1.1.1.2   root     5567: 
                   5568: #if STORE_FLAG_VALUE != 1
1.1.1.17  root     5569: #if STORE_FLAG_VALUE & 1
1.1.1.2   root     5570:   expand_bit_and (mode, target, const1_rtx, target);
1.1.1.17  root     5571: #else
                   5572:   expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, mode, target,
                   5573:                build_int_2 (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1, 0),
                   5574:                target, TRUE);
                   5575: #endif
1.1.1.2   root     5576: #endif
1.1       root     5577:   return target;
                   5578: }
                   5579: 
                   5580: /* Generate a tablejump instruction (used for switch statements).  */
                   5581: 
                   5582: #ifdef HAVE_tablejump
                   5583: 
                   5584: /* INDEX is the value being switched on, with the lowest value
                   5585:    in the table already subtracted.
                   5586:    RANGE is the length of the jump table.
                   5587:    TABLE_LABEL is a CODE_LABEL rtx for the table itself.
1.1.1.2   root     5588: 
1.1       root     5589:    DEFAULT_LABEL is a CODE_LABEL rtx to jump to if the
                   5590:    index value is out of range.  */
                   5591: 
                   5592: void
                   5593: do_tablejump (index, range, table_label, default_label)
                   5594:      rtx index, range, table_label, default_label;
                   5595: {
                   5596:   register rtx temp;
                   5597: 
1.1.1.14  root     5598:   emit_cmp_insn (range, index, 0, 0, 0);
1.1.1.2   root     5599:   emit_jump_insn (gen_bltu (default_label));
1.1.1.4   root     5600:   /* If flag_force_addr were to affect this address
                   5601:      it could interfere with the tricky assumptions made
                   5602:      about addresses that contain label-refs,
                   5603:      which may be valid only very near the tablejump itself.  */
                   5604:   index = memory_address_noforce
                   5605:     (CASE_VECTOR_MODE,
                   5606:      gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode,
                   5607:              gen_rtx (MULT, Pmode, index,
                   5608:                       gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode,
                   5609:                                GET_MODE_SIZE (CASE_VECTOR_MODE))),
                   5610:              gen_rtx (LABEL_REF, VOIDmode, table_label)));
1.1       root     5611:   temp = gen_reg_rtx (CASE_VECTOR_MODE);
                   5612:   convert_move (temp, gen_rtx (MEM, CASE_VECTOR_MODE, index), 0);
                   5613: 
1.1.1.2   root     5614:   emit_jump_insn (gen_tablejump (temp, table_label));
1.1       root     5615: }
                   5616: 
1.1.1.2   root     5617: #endif /* HAVE_tablejump */

unix.superglobalmegacorp.com

This archive runs on limited infrastructure. Preserving old code on modern bandwidth. Automated agents are requested to crawl responsibly.